BOARD POLICIES
BOARD POLICIESPOLICY MANUAL:
This site contains the official board policies for the board of directors of the Algona Community School District. Policy development is a dynamic, ongoing process. New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing need to develop new policies or to revise existing ones.
How To Use This Policy Manual
The Algona Community School District operates according to policies established by its board of directors. The board develops policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements them through specific regulations and procedures. The board reviews and evaluates its policies and makes revisions as necessary.
The manual is organized according to a numeric codification system. There are nine major classifications bearing a numeric Series Code.
100 SCHOOL DISTRICT
200 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
300 ADMINISTRATION
400 EMPLOYEES
500 STUDENTS
600 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
700 NON-INSTRUCTIONAL BUSINESS SERVICES
800 BUILDINGS AND SITES
900 COMMUNITY RELATIONS
Sub-classifications under each numeric Series are based on a logical sequence and coded by the sub-classification numeric code.
How To Find A Policy
There are two ways to find a policy. The first is to click on "Board Policies" header to expand the list, and then navigate to a particular Series and then review the list of policies included under each Series. To view the policy, just click on the policy name in the menu on the left.
The second way to find a policy is to search for a policy number, keyword or phrase in the Search box in the upper right hand corner of this site. It will show results that may match your search word or phrase. Then click on an individual policy or item to review.
Inquiries
Inquires about the policies included in this manual may be directed to the board members or to the superintendent by telephone at (515) 295-3528 or writing the school district at Algona Community School District, 600 South Hale Street, Algona, Iowa, 50511.
100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT
100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:13100 - Legal Status of the District
100 - Legal Status of the DistrictThis school corporation is located in Kossuth County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Algona Community School District Board of Directors. This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.
Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System. As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law. This school district is known as the Algona Community School District.
Date of Adoption:
May 9, 2016
Date of Review
October 12, 2020
101 - Educational Philosophy of the District
101 - Educational Philosophy of the DistrictAs a school corporation of Iowa, the Algona Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students. The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community. The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime.
The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals. In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.
Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education. Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum. The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.
The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district. The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 256.11 (2013).
Date of Adoption
April 14, 1975
Date of Review
October 12, 2020
Date of Revisions:
May 9, 2016
101.1 - Athletic Department Philosophy
101.1 - Athletic Department PhilosophyIn our society today athletics and athletes have become a focal point. The media hype has exposed almost everyone to a wide variety of athletic events and performances. Anyone who has seen football, basketball, volleyball, golf, etc. has developed a certain "expertise" in that particular sport. The media have done a tremendous job of marketing their product to enable the consumer to watch the attainment of "excellence" in virtually every sport. The unfortunate result of this constant hype is that many parents expect the same for their son or daughter. This is an understandable desire, but one that is not realistic for a student in a school athletic program and often results in unrealistic expectations from both parents and students. As a result this creates undue pressure on the parent, athlete, coach, school, and community. The person most affected is the student/athlete. The school has a responsibility to create the best environment possible to try to insure athletics are kept in the proper perspective. To that end the athletic program will take its place alongside of, but will not overshadow, the educational program.
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
The purpose of the Algona Community School District's athletic program is to:
Strive for excellence that will produce highly competitive teams and promote educational values appropriate to athletics. The athletic program provides opportunities that will prepare students to strive for success in the contemporary world. This preparation should include:
a. physical, mental, and emotional growth and development;
b. acquisition and development of special skills in activities of each student's choice.
c. team play with development of such traits as cooperation, sense of fair play, and loyalty; and
d. the development of self-discipline, self-motivation, dedication, leadership, and the ideals of good sportsmanship.
The seventh grade program trains the players in the basic fundamentals of the game and introduces basic offenses and defenses. The volleyball, football, basketball, wrestling, and track programs interscholastic. The main emphasis at the 7th grade level will be on participation. However, when an A game and a B game are played, the emphasis will be on competition in the A game and participation in the B game.
The eighth grade program contains interscholastic competition in all sports. Basic skills taught in the seventh grade will be refined. The main emphasis at the eighth grade level will be on participation. However, when an A game and a B game are played, the emphasis will be on competition in the A game and participation in the B game.
Any player from grades nine through twelve is eligible for varsity competition. Junior varsity competition is available to students in grades nine through eleven while only ninth graders may participate on ninth grade teams. Only tenth grade students may participate on tenth grade teams. In determining placement on a given team, there is NO priority placed on the grade level of the student, only on the qualities they display as written above.
The ninth grade program expands the number of contests played during the middle school program. By the ninth grade some of the players will possess more talent in terms of the fundamental skills and offensive and defensive schemes. Therefore, while an effort is made to play as many players as possible, the more advanced players will get the majority of the playing time.
The junior varsity program will continue to develop players and utilize those players who show the greatest ability in a variety of skill areas. Specialization of players in terms of fulfilling a role on a team will become more evident at this level. Those who are more able will be the primary players for the team.
The varsity team is for those who possess and demonstrate the necessary athletic skills and perform them both in practice and competition. Players who display excellent leadership and/or enthusiasm may well have an advantage when skill levels appear to be quite equal. Specialization is often a necessity at this level and players will be used in specific roles for the benefit of the entire team.
Date of Adoption:
February 10, 1992
Date of Review:
October 5, 2005
Date of Revisions:
October 12, 2020
102 - Educational Equity Policy Statement
102 - Educational Equity Policy StatementIt is the policy of the Algona Community School not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, creed, socio-economic status, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexial orientation, gender identity, socio-economic status or disability in its educational programs, activities, or employment policies as required by Title VI and VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments, and Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
It is also the policy of this district that the curriculum content and instructional materials utilized reflect the cultural and racial diversity present in the United States and the variety of careers, roles, and life styles open to women as well as men in our society. One of the objectives of the total curriculum and teaching strategies is to reduce stereotyping and to eliminate bias on the basis of sex, race, ethnicity, religion and disability race, color, national origin, creed, socio-economic status, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status.age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, socio-economic status or disability. The curriculum should foster respect and appreciation for the cultural diversity found in our country and an awareness of the rights, duties, and responsibilities of each individual as a member of a pluralistic society.
Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX, Title VI, or Section 504 may be directed to the Curriculum Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St., Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528; to the Director of the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Des Moines, Iowa; or to the Director of the Region VII Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education, Kansas City, Missouri.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. (2006).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq. (2006).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq. (2006).
29 U.S.C. § 794 (2006).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 (2006).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 (2006).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11,
280.3 (2009). 281 I.A.C. 12.19B, 19B.11, 601A
Date of Adoption:
October 14, 1985
Date of Review:
November 11, 1996
Date of Revisions:
October 12, 2020
102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination
102.E1 - Annual Notice of NondiscriminationThe Algona Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study:
Agricultural Business and Management
Construction Trades
Radio and Television Broadcasting Technology/Technician
Business/Commerce General
Health Services
Family and Consumer Science
Automotive
It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528.
102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination
102.E2 - Continuous Notice of NondiscriminationIt is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528.
102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights
102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental RightsThe Algona Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student’s disability. It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. As a parent, you have the right to the following:
- Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student’s disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
- Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
- Receipt of information about your child and your child’s educational programs and activities in your native language;
- Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request re-evaluation of your child.
- Inspect and review your child’s educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child’s educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child’s file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
- Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child’s evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.
It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528.
102.E4 - Complaint Form
102.E4 - Complaint FormSee form attached.
102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form
102.E5 - Witness Disclosure FormSee form attached.
102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form
102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint FormSee form attached.
102.R1 - Grievance Procedure
102.R1 - Grievance ProcedureIt is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511 515-295-3528.
Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.
A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).
Filing a Complaint
A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.
Investigation
Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”). If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:
- A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
- A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
- A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
- Interivews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
- An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
- Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to he investigation
Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.
The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision with 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
Decision and Appeal
The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless with 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. With 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the
decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision with 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
The decision of the superintendent shall be final.
The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.
This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.
If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.
Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.
103 - Long Range Needs Assessment
103 - Long Range Needs AssessmentLong range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals. The board shall conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earners. Feedback regarding the needs assessment shall be provided to the Board of Education and School Improvement Task Force.
In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the Board shall authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the Board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators. The Superintendent shall report annually to the Board about the means used to keep the community informed.
As a result of the Board and the committee’s work, the Board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs;
establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and Policy maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district’s progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 21, 256.7(4), 280.12, .18,
281 IA Admin. Code 12.8(1)(b).
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
October 12, 2020
Date of Revision:
May 9, 2016
104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harassment Policy
104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harassment PolicyThe Algona Community School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect. Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.
Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.
Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.
Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy. The superintendent is responsible for implementation of this policy and all accompanying procedures. Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame. Within 24 hours of receiving a report that a student may have been the victim of conduct that constitutes bullying and/or harassment, the district will notify the parent or guardian of the student.
If as a result of viewing surveillance system data or based on a report from a school district employee, the district determines that a student has suffered bullying or harassment by another student enrolled in the district, a parent or guardian of the student may enroll the student in another attendance center within the district that offers classes at the student’s grade level, subject to the requirements and limitations established in Iowa law related to this topic.
A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.
Retaliation Prohibited
Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.
Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds.
Definitions
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning:
- “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means. “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.
- “Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
- Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property.
- Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health.
- Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.
- “Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
- “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.
Publication of Policy
The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:
- Inclusion in the student handbook,
- Inclusion in the employee handbook
- Inclusion in the registration materials
- Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,
- (other)
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy. School districts are required to collect and report data regarding instances of bullying and harassment as required by law.
NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.
Legal Reference: | 20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i. 29 U.S.C. § 794. 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7. 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq. Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3; 28; 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6). Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007) |
Adopted:
November 9, 2015
Revised: August 14, 2023
Reviewed:
October 12, 2020
August 14, 2023
104.E1 - Complaint Form
104.E1 - Complaint FormSee form attached.
104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form
104.E2 - Witness Disclosure FormSee form attached.
104.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form
104.E3 - Disposition of Complaint FormSee form attached.
104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation Procedures
104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation ProceduresFiling a Complaint
An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee. The complaint form is available at https://algona.iowaschoolfinance.com/sites/algona.iowaschoolfinance.com… If the complainant is a school employee, after filing the complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee, the employee may separately notify the parent or guardian of the student alleged to have been harassed or bullied.
An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within [state number of days - 180] of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed.
Investigation
The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint. The [superintendent or the superintendent’s designee or name the position if not the superintendent] (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment.
The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:
- Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)
- A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
- A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement;
- Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation;
- A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and
- Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.
The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy. Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal
The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible.
Additional suggestions for administrative procedures regarding this policy include:
- Organizing training programs for students, school employees, and volunteers regarding how to recognize bullying and harassing behavior and what to do if this behavior is witnessed; and
- Developing a process for evaluating the effectiveness of this policy in reducing bullying and harassing behavior.
Decision
The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation. If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion. If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination. If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.
Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy. Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.
NOTE: School districts must include a number of requirements in the district anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy. This regulation builds on the requirements addressed in IASB sample policy 104 by more specifically detailing sample investigation procedures. Districts should ensure that the district’s practice is reflective of the policy and regulations that the district’s leadership team has established. Please remember that the procedures outlined here should be consistent with the policy.
NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.
Reviewed: August 14, 2023
Revised: August 14, 2023
105 - Therapy Animals
105 - Therapy AnimalsSchool Therapy Dogs certified with their owners/handlers as Certified Therapy Dogs provide social emotional and physical support in the educational setting. These highly trained dogs model good behavior, tolerance, acceptance and assist with student’s behavior concerns. All Certified Therapy Dogs in the Algona School District work to support students, positively influence student achievement and support student’s social and emotional health.
Definition: Therapy dogs are dogs trained and certified to provide social emotional or therapeutic functions under the direction and control of a qualified handler who works with the dog as a team. Such dogs, with their handlers, perform such functions within the school setting, community-based group settings, or when providing services to specific persons.
Therapy dogs will be certified through Alliance of Therapy Dog, Love on a Leash, or an AKC therapy dog certification program approved by administration prior to being placed within a school building. This training is the responsibility of the handler. A current certificate showing active certification should be kept in the handler’s building administrative office. Therapy dogs are owned by Algona Community School staff members who wish to use a therapy dog to augment building educational programs. They will abide by the Therapy Dog Handler Ethics code.
The owner(s), as identified on the Therapy dog vital information form, of identified Therapy Dog(s) will be responsible for all costs associated with the training and certification, general care, feeding and veterinarian care for therapy dog(s).
Conditions of Use:
Therapy Dogs may be used in the school setting on a regular basis when the following documentation is in place:
1) Administrative Approval - The use of the animal or animals must be approved by the administrator(s) of the building(s) in which the Professional Therapy Dog’s handler works yearly. A current letter stating this approval should be written and kept on file in the building.
2) Health Records
The owner/handler must provide a record of annual vaccinations received by the dog and signed by a veterinarian; these health records should be kept on file in the school building administrative office.
3) Hygiene and Animal Care Guidelines:
- The dog should receive a bordatella vaccination annually; rabies vaccinations and five- way parvo/distemper (DHPP) shall be updated every three years. Please note: dogs less than one year of age or receiving their rabies and parvo vaccinations for the first time shall receive a follow-up vaccine in one year, with vaccinations every three years thereafter.
- The dog should be given an annual comprehensive wormer or fecal check for worms.
- The dog should be checked for external parasite control.
- All owners will give preventive parasite (fleas and ticks) control and heartworm medication year-round. Annual tests for heart worm are recommended. The dog should be groomed and bathed regularly. Good judgment should be used based on the dog’s hair, skin, and dander concerns.
3) Documentation
The following documents should be up to date and kept on file in the school building and the office of the Coordinator of Special Education.
- A copy of the Alliance of Therapy Dog, Love on a Leash, or an AKC therapy dog certification program approved by administration certificate of completion.
- A signed copy of the Therapy Dog Handler Ethics
- The Therapy Dog guidelines and procedures utilized at the school site (determined by the administrator and dog owner/handler).
- Dates, method, and participants for sharing the guidelines and procedures with staff and students (minimum of once a year)
- Proof of insurance
4) Insurance
A district staff member using a therapy dog according to the above guidelines, must be covered by their private insurance policy (minimum $1 million liability coverage). A current copy of liability insurance should be kept on file in the administrative office of the building where the Therapy Dog is located.
5) The privilege to bring a Therapy Dog into the school setting may be terminated:
- If the handler or dog behave in a way deemed unprofessional or unsafe.
- Any time the school administration deems it necessary to end the program due to student, building or district needs.
Service Animals
These guidelines pertain to therapy dogs and pet visitation dogs only. For staff and students requiring the assistance of a "Service Animal," the District will comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Iowa Code Chapter 216C. Also: See Code No. 646.
Legal References:
Code of Iowa § 279.8
Date of Review
November 11, 2020
Date of Revisions
***Supporting documents: not actually a part of the actual policy.
106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
Policy 106: Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 10/12/2020 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District. This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.
The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX. This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX. For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.
Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Jon Hueser, Special Education Director & Title IX Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St, Algona, IA 50511, 515-295-3528, jhueser@algona.k12.ia.us.
Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education. Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq. |
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 |
|
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
501.12 |
Policy 106.1: Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
Policy 106.1: Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
Policy 106.1: Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited |
Status: UNDER REVIEW TO ADOPT |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
The board believes in the importance of creating a learning environment where all students can succeed. For this reason, it is essential that all students and employees have appropriate access to the education program and activities of the district. The District does not discriminate on the basis of sex and prohibits sex discrimination in any education program or activity that it operates, as required by Title IX, including in admission and employment.
Discrimination on the basis of sex includes discrimination on the basis of sex stereotypes, sex characteristics, pregnancy or related conditions, sexual orientation, and gender identity. Conduct that occurs under the district’s education program or activity includes but is not limited to conduct that occurs in a building owned or controlled by the district or a student organization that is officially recognized by a postsecondary institution, and conduct that is subject to the recipient’s disciplinary authority.
The Superintendent or their designee will develop administrative regulations in furtherance of this policy.
Important Definitions
Complainant means a student or employee who is alleged to have been subjected to conduct that could constitute sex discrimination under Title IX or its regulations; or a person other than a student or employee who is alleged to have been subjected to conduct that could constitute sex discrimination under Title IX or its regulations and who was participating or attempting to participate in the recipient’s education program or activity at the time of the alleged sex discrimination.
Complaint means an oral or written request to the recipient that objectively can be understood as a request for the recipient to investigate and make a determination about alleged discrimination under Title IX or its regulations.
Respondent means a person who is alleged to have violated the District’s prohibition on sex discrimination.
Retaliation means intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination against any person by the recipient, a student, or an employee or other person authorized by the recipient to provide aid, benefit, or service under the recipient’s education program or activity, for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or its regulations, or because the person has reported information, made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated or refused to participate in any manner in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under the Title IX regulations.
Sex-based harassment is a form of sex discrimination and means sexual harassment and other harassment on the basis of sex, including on the basis of sex stereotypes, sex characteristics, pregnancy or related conditions, sexual orientation, and gender identity, that is:
(1) Quid pro quo harassment. An employee, agent, or other person authorized by the recipient to provide an aid, benefit, or service under the recipient’s education program or activity explicitly or impliedly conditioning the provision of such an aid, benefit, or service on a person’s participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
(2) Hostile environment harassment. Unwelcome sex-based conduct that, based on the totality of the circumstances, is subjectively and objectively offensive and is so severe or pervasive that it limits or denies a person’s ability to participate in or benefit from the recipient’s education program or activity (i.e., creates a hostile environment). Whether a hostile environment has been created is a fact-specific inquiry that includes consideration of the following:
(i) The degree to which the conduct affected the complainant’s ability to access the recipient’s education program or activity;
(ii) The type, frequency, and duration of the conduct;
(iii) The parties’ ages, roles within the recipient’s education program or activity, previous interactions, and other factors about each party that may be relevant to evaluating the effects of the conduct;
(iv) The location of the conduct and the context in which the conduct occurred; and
(v) Other sex-based harassment in the recipient’s education program or activity; or
(3) Specific offenses.
(i) Sexual assault meaning an offense classified as a forcible or nonforcible sex offense under the uniform crime reporting system of the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
(ii) Dating violence meaning violence committed by a person:
(A) Who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature with the victim; and
(B) Where the existence of such a relationship shall be determined based on a consideration of the following factors:
(1) The length of the relationship;
(2) The type of relationship; and
(3) The frequency of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship;
(iii) Domestic violence meaning felony or misdemeanor crimes committed by a person who:
(A) Is a current or former spouse or intimate partner of the victim under the family or domestic violence laws of the jurisdiction of the recipient, or a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim;
(B) Is cohabitating, or has cohabitated, with the victim as a spouse or intimate partner;
(C) Shares a child in common with the victim; or
(D) Commits acts against a youth or adult victim who is protected from those acts under the family or domestic violence laws of the jurisdiction; or
(iv) Stalking meaning engaging in a course of conduct directed at a specific person that would cause a reasonable person to:
(A) Fear for the person’s safety or the safety of others; or
(B) Suffer substantial emotional distress.
Supportive measures means individualized measures offered as appropriate, as reasonably available, without unreasonably burdening a complainant or respondent, not for punitive or disciplinary reasons, and without fee or charge to the complainant or respondent to:
(1) Restore or preserve that party’s access to the recipient’s education program or activity, including measures that are designed to protect the safety of the parties or the recipient’s educational environment; or
(2) Provide support during the recipient’s grievance procedures or during an informal resolution process.
Legal Reference : 34 C.F.R. 106
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
Regulation 106.1-R(1): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Education on Title IX Purpose and Requirements
Regulation 106.1-R(1): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Education on Title IX Purpose and Requirements
Regulation 106.1-R(1): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Education on Title IX Purpose and Requirements |
Status: UNDER REVIEW TO ADOPT |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
All employees will receive training on the district’s obligation to address sex discrimination in the district’s education programs and activities. The training will include but not be limited to the scope of conduct that constitutes sex discrimination under Title IX, including the definition of sex-based harassment, pregnancy-related conditions and the district’s response to sex discrimination.
Employees who serve as investigators, decision makers, are responsible for implementing grievance procedures, or who can modify or terminate supportive measures will receive training that includes but is not limited to the district’s response to sex discrimination, grievance procedures, how to serve impartially (if applicable to their role), and the meaning of the term “relevant” as applied in 34 CFR 106.45 &.46.
Employees who facilitate informal resolutions will receive the training for all employees listed above as well as training on the requirements of the informal resolution process and how to serve impartially.
Employees who serve as the Title IX coordinator or designee must receive all of the training listed above as well as their job specific responsibilities, recordkeeping requirements, and any other training necessary to comply with Title IX.
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
Regulation 106.1-R(2): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Nondiscrimination in Pregnancy and Related Conditions UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(2): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Nondiscrimination in Pregnancy and Related Conditions UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(2): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Nondiscrimination in Pregnancy and Related Conditions |
Status: UNDER REVIEW TO ADOPT |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
It is a priority of the District that all students have the opportunity to succeed academically. In particular, students who are experiencing pregnancy and related conditions should receive the supports necessary to continue their education through successful completion. For this purpose, the District outlines measures the District will take to ensure opportunity for academic success for pregnant students.
Pregnant students will be treated in the same manner as other students with temporary medical conditions. When a student or their parent informs any employee of the student’s pregnancy or related conditions, the employee will provide the Title IX Coordinator’s contact information to the student or student’s parents, and explain that the Title IX Coordinator can coordinate specific actions to prevent sex discrimination and endure the student’s equal access to the recipient’s education program or activity.
The Title IX Coordinator will coordinate the following actions:
- Inform the pregnant student of the district’s obligations and provide the Title IX Notice of Non-Discrimination.
- Make reasonable modifications to any district policies, practices or procedures as necessary to prevent sex discrimination and help ensure equal access to the district’s education program and activities. Modifications will be tailored to the needs of the student and will not fundamentally alter the education program or activities.
- Allow the student to voluntarily access any separate and comparable portion of the education program or activity.
- Permit the student to take a temporary leave of absence from the education program or activity with no loss of academic status, if deemed medically necessary by the student’s medical provider.
- Permit access to a lactation space other than a bathroom that is clean, shielded from view, free from intrusion or interruption, and able to be used by a student to express breast milk or breastfeed as needed.
Students affected by this regulation should reach out to the Title IX Coordinator with any questions or concerns related to the implementation of this regulation.
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
Regulation 106.1-R(3): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Responding to Complaints of Sex Discrimination UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(3): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Responding to Complaints of Sex Discrimination UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(3): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Responding to Complaints of Sex Discrimination |
Status: UNDER REVIEW TO ADOPT |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
The district will respond to reports of sex discrimination promptly and efficiently. All district employees are required to immediately notify the Title IX Coordinator when they have information about conduct that may reasonably constitute sex discrimination. Failure to timely notify the Title IX Coordinator may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
The Title IX Coordinator will:
- Treat the complainant and respondent equitably.
- Offer supportive measures for the Complainant as appropriate, and if grievance procedures have been started, offer supportive measures to the Respondent as appropriate.
- Notify the complainant of the grievance process and informal resolution process if appropriate and request by all parties.
- Determine whether to start a complaint of sex discrimination in the absence of a complaint, and in the absence or termination of an informal resolution process.
- Take appropriate and necessary steps to ensure sex discrimination does not continue to occur within the district.
Meeting with the Complainant
Upon receipt of any report of sexual harassment occurring in the District’s educational program or activity, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will schedule a meeting with the Complainant in order to provide the Complainant a general understanding of this policy and related processes. At the initial intake meeting with the Complainant, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will seek to determine how the Complainant wishes to proceed. The Complainant may opt for: (1) informal resolution; (2) formal resolution; or (3) not proceeding. Supportive measures may still be offered whether or not the Complainant chooses any of these options.
Supportive Measures
Supportive measures may vary based on the specific facts of each situation and what the district can reasonably offer. The purpose of supportive measures is to allow equitable access to the education program and activities for the parties involved in a complaint. Supportive measures will not be used as a punishment for any party. They may include but are not limited to counseling, extensions of deadlines or other course-related adjustments, campus escort services, increased monitoring of certain areas of campus, restrictions on contact applied to one or more individuals, leave of absence, changes in class/work/extracurricular activity, and training and education programs related to sex-based harassment. The District will review supportive measures and determine whether to modify or terminate these measures at the conclusion of any grievance or informal resolution process.
Informal Resolution
The District may offer to the complainant and respondent the option to engage in an informal resolution process to resolve complaints of sex discrimination unless the complaint is of sex-based harassment by an employee to a student, or if the informal resolution process would conflict with applicable laws. The informal resolution process can occur at any time prior to a determination of whether sex discrimination occurred. The parties to a complaint must voluntarily consent to the informal resolution. Before the parties may consent to this process, the Title IX Coordinator will provide notice to the parties that explains:
- The allegations;
- The requirements of the informal resolution process;
- That, before agreeing to a resolution, either party may withdraw their consent to the informal process and start or resume a grievance process;
- That the parties’ agreement to a resolution through the informal process would be a final resolution that would stop any grievance process for those allegations;
- Possible terms that could be included in an informal resolution agreement;
- That resolution is binding only on the parties; and
- What information the District will retain and whether/how that information may be disclosed.
If informal resolution is pursued, the Title IX Coordinator will provide the parties with written notice of the allegations and provide adequate time for the Title IX Coordinator to consult with all parties to gather relevant permissible evidence, discuss supportive measures for each party, if appropriate, and discuss an acceptable resolution to the allegations. Once an agreement is reached, the Title IX Coordinator will commit the terms to writing and each party will sign their commitment to the agreement.
Emergency Removal and Administrative Leave
In rare circumstances, the District may remove a student respondent from the education program or activity after the district performs an individualized safety and risk analysis and decides an imminent and serious threat to the health or safety of the complainant or others justifies removal. The District will provide the respondent with notice and the opportunity to challenge the decision immediately after the removal.
Likewise, the District may determine to place employee respondents on administrative leave during the pendency of the grievance process.
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
Regulation 106.1-R(4): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Grievance Procedure UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(4): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Grievance Procedure UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(4): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Grievance Procedure |
Status: UNDER REVIEW TO ADOPT |
Original Adopted Date 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
This regulation discusses the steps required in handling complaints of sex discrimination when the allegation is that an individual(s) engaged in conduct that constitutes sex discrimination.
The following individuals can make a complaint of sex discrimination, including complaints of sex-based harassment, and request the District to investigate and make a decision about alleged Title IX violations: a complainant, a parent, guardian or other authorized legal representative with the legal right to act on behalf of the complainant, the Title IX Coordinator.
The following individuals can make complaints of sex discrimination but not sex-based harassment: any student or employee, any person other than a student or employee who was participating or attempting to participate in the recipient’s education program or activity at the time of the alleged sex discrimination.
The district’s designated Title IX Coordinator is Jon Hueser, Special Education Director & Title IX Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511, 515-295-3528, jhueser@algona.k12.ia.us.
The District will treat complainants and respondents equitably. The District requires that the Title IX Coordinator and any other District official involved in facilitating these grievance procedures not have a conflict of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or an individual complainant or respondent. The District presumes that the respondent is not responsible for the alleged sex discrimination until a determination is made at the conclusion of its grievance procedures.
I. Timeframes for Investigation, Decision and Appeal
The District has established the following time frames for the major stages of the grievance procedures. Generally, the District will attempt to complete the investigation and make a determination regarding responsibility within twenty (20) calendar days of receipt of a complaint. However, the District may alter or extend this time with notice to both parties. The time it takes to complete the resolution of a sexual harassment complaint may vary based on the complexity of the investigation and the severity and extent of the alleged conduct, as well as on whether there is a parallel criminal investigation, or if school breaks occur during the process. The Investigator will issue a written decision to all parties.
The complaint is closed after the Investigator has issued the written decision, unless within 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why they believe the decision should be reconsidered. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the Investigator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the complainant, respondent, and the Investigator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision.
The decision of the superintendent shall be final.
The District has also established the following process that allows for the reasonable extension of time frames on a case-by-case basis for good cause with notice to the parties that includes the reason for the delay. The Investigator will determine whether, based on the complexity of the issues or quantity of the evidence to review, an extension is warranted. If an extension is warranted, the Title IX Coordinator or Investigator will notify all parties to the complaint and provide a reasonable amended time frame by which a decision will be issued.
II. Privacy and Neutrality of the Grievance Process
The District will take reasonable steps, including requiring the parties to protect the privacy of the parties and witnesses during its grievance procedures, however, absolute confidentiality for the parties cannot be guaranteed. These steps will not restrict the ability of the parties to obtain and present evidence, including by speaking to witnesses; consult with their family members, confidential resources, or advisors; or otherwise prepare for or participate in the grievance procedures. The parties cannot engage in retaliation, including against witnesses.
The District will objectively evaluate all evidence that is relevant and not otherwise impermissible, including both inculpatory and exculpatory evidence. Credibility determinations will not be based on a person’s status as a complainant, respondent, or witness.
The following types of evidence, and questions seeking that evidence, are impermissible (i.e., will not be accessed or considered, except by the District to determine whether one of the exceptions listed below applies; will not be disclosed; and will not otherwise be used), regardless of whether they are relevant:
- Evidence that is protected under a privilege recognized by Federal or State law or evidence provided to a confidential employee, unless the person to whom the privilege or confidentiality is owed has voluntarily waived the privilege or confidentiality;
- A party’s or witness’s records that are made or maintained by a physician, psychologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional in connection with the provision of treatment to the party or witness, unless The District obtains that party’s or witness’s voluntary, written consent for use in its grievance procedures; and
- Evidence that relates to the complainant’s sexual interests or prior sexual conduct, unless evidence about the complainant’s prior sexual conduct is offered to prove that someone other than the respondent committed the alleged conduct or is evidence about specific incidents of the complainant’s prior sexual conduct with the respondent that is offered to prove consent to the alleged sex-based harassment. The fact of prior consensual sexual conduct between the complainant and respondent does not by itself demonstrate or imply the complainant’s consent to the alleged sex-based harassment or preclude determination that sex-based harassment occurred.
III. Notice of Allegations
Upon initiation of the District’s Title IX grievance procedures, The District will notify the parties of the following:
- The District’s Title IX grievance procedures and any informal resolution process;
- Sufficient information available at the time to allow the parties to respond to the allegations, including the identities of the parties involved in the incident(s), the conduct alleged to constitute sex discrimination, and the date(s) and location(s) of the alleged incident(s);
- Retaliation is prohibited; and
- The parties are entitled to an equal opportunity to access the relevant and not otherwise impermissible evidence or an accurate description of this evidence. [If the District provides a description of the evidence: The parties are entitled to an equal opportunity to access the relevant and not otherwise impermissible evidence upon the request of any party.]
If, in the course of an investigation, the District decides to investigate additional allegations of sex discrimination by the respondent toward the complainant that are not included in the notice provided or that are included in a complaint that is consolidated, the District will notify the parties of the additional allegations.
IV. Investigation
The Title IX Coordinator will designate an Investigator to conduct an investigation into any formal complaint. The Investigator must be appropriately trained and serves as a neutral fact-finder, and shall interview both parties, relevant witnesses, and gather and review evidence relevant to the outcome of the complaint.
The District will provide for adequate, reliable, and impartial investigation of complaints.
The burden is on the District, not on the parties, to conduct an investigation that gathers sufficient evidence to determine whether sex discrimination occurred.
The District will provide an equal opportunity for the parties to present fact witnesses and other inculpatory and exculpatory evidence that are relevant and not otherwise impermissible.
The District will review all evidence gathered through the investigation and determine what evidence is relevant and what evidence is impermissible regardless of relevance.
- The District will provide each party with an equal opportunity to access the evidence that is relevant to the allegations of sex discrimination and not otherwise impermissible, in the following manner:
- The District will provide an equal opportunity to access either the relevant and not otherwise impermissible evidence, or an accurate description of this evidence. If the District provides a description of the evidence: the District will provide the parties with an equal opportunity to access the relevant and not otherwise impermissible evidence upon the request of any party;
- The District will provide a reasonable opportunity to respond to the evidence or the accurate description of the evidence; and
- The District will take reasonable steps to prevent and address the parties’ unauthorized disclosure of information and evidence obtained solely through the grievance procedures. Disclosures of such information and evidence for purposes of administrative proceedings or litigation related to the complaint of sex discrimination are authorized.
The District will provide a process that enables the Investigator to question parties and witnesses to adequately assess a party’s or witness’s credibility to the extent credibility is both in dispute and relevant to evaluating one or more allegations of sex discrimination. The District will provide to the parties prior written notice of the date, time, and location, of any interview of that party. Advisors may attend the interview in an observational capacity only. Advisors will not be permitted to ask questions, intervene, or answer on behalf of any party or witness.
V. Determination of Responsibility
Following an investigation and evaluation of all relevant and not otherwise impermissible evidence, The District will:
- Use the preponderance of the evidence standard of proof to determine whether sex discrimination occurred. The standard of proof requires the decisionmaker to evaluate relevant and not otherwise impermissible evidence for its persuasiveness. If the decisionmaker is not persuaded under the applicable standard by the evidence that sex discrimination occurred, whatever the quantity of the evidence is, the decisionmaker will not determine that sex discrimination occurred.
- Notify the parties in writing of the determination whether sex discrimination occurred under Title IX including the rationale for such determination, and the procedures and permissible bases for the complainant and respondent to appeal, if applicable;
- Not impose discipline on a respondent for sex discrimination prohibited by Title IX unless there is a determination at the conclusion of the grievance procedures that the respondent engaged in prohibited sex discrimination.
- If there is a determination that sex discrimination occurred, the Title IX Coordinator will, as appropriate:
- Coordinate the provision and implementation of remedies to a complainant and other people the District identifies as having had equal access to the District education program or activity limited or denied by sex discrimination;
- Coordinate the imposition of any disciplinary sanctions on a respondent, including notification to the complainant of any such disciplinary sanctions; and
- Take other appropriate prompt and effective steps to ensure that sex discrimination does not continue or recur within the District education program or activity.
- Comply with the grievance procedures before the imposition of any disciplinary sanctions against a respondent; and
- Not discipline a party, witness, or others participating in the grievance procedures for making a false statement or for engaging in consensual sexual conduct based solely on the determination whether sex discrimination occurred.
VI. Dismissal and Appeal of a Complaint:
The District may dismiss a complaint of sex discrimination if:
- The District is unable to identify the respondent after taking reasonable steps to do so;
- The respondent is not participating in the District education program or activity and is not employed by the District;
- The complainant voluntarily withdraws any or all of the allegations in the complaint, the Title IX Coordinator declines to initiate a complaint, and the District determines that, without the complainant’s withdrawn allegations, the conduct that remains alleged in the complaint, if any, would not constitute sex discrimination under Title IX even if proven; or
- The District determines the conduct alleged in the complaint, even if proven, would not constitute sex discrimination under Title IX. Before dismissing the complaint, the District will make reasonable efforts to clarify the allegations with the complainant.
Upon dismissal, the District will promptly notify the complainant of the basis for the dismissal. If the dismissal occurs after the respondent has been notified of the allegations, then the District will also notify the respondent of the dismissal and the basis for the dismissal promptly following notification to the complainant, or simultaneously if notification is in writing.
The District will notify the complainant that a dismissal may be appealed and will provide the complainant with an opportunity to appeal the dismissal of a complaint. If the dismissal occurs after the respondent has been notified of the allegations, then The District will also notify the respondent that the dismissal may be appealed. Dismissals may be appealed on the following bases:
- Procedural irregularity that would change the outcome;
- New evidence that would change the outcome and that was not reasonably available when the dismissal was made; and
- The Title IX Coordinator, investigator, or decisionmaker had a conflict of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or the individual complainant or respondent that would change the outcome.
If the dismissal is appealed, the District will:
- Notify the parties of any appeal, including notice of the allegations, if notice was not previously provided to the respondent;
- Implement appeal procedures equally for the parties;
- Ensure that the decisionmaker for the appeal did not take part in an investigation of the allegations or dismissal of the complaint;
- Ensure that the decisionmaker for the appeal has been trained consistent with the Title IX regulations;
- Provide the parties a reasonable and equal opportunity to make a statement in support of, or challenging, the outcome; and
- Notify the parties of the result of the appeal and the rationale for the result.
When a complaint is dismissed, The District will, at a minimum:
- Offer supportive measures to the complainant as appropriate;
- If the respondent has been notified of the allegations, offer supportive measures to the respondent as appropriate; and
- Take other prompt and effective steps, as appropriate, through the Title IX Coordinator to ensure that sex discrimination does not continue or recur within The District education program or activity.
VII. Appeal of Determinations, if offered
The District offers the following process for appeals from a determination for whether sex discrimination occurred. Within ten (10) working days of receipt of the written determination, any party may appeal the determination and/or any sanction imposed. Appeals will be made in writing to the Superintendent or their designee.
Appeals will be limited to any of the following bases:
- A procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
- New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the written determination was issued that could affect the outcome of the matter; or
- The Title IX Coordinator or Investigator(s), had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter.
Once an appeal has been received, the Investigator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the Investigator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the complainant, respondent, and the Investigator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
The decision of the superintendent shall be final.
VIII. Supportive Measures
The District will offer and coordinate supportive measures as appropriate for the complainant and/or respondent to restore or preserve that person’s access to the District education program or activity or provide support during the District Title IX grievance procedures or during the informal resolution process.
IX. Disciplinary Sanctions and Remedies
Following a determination that a student(s) committed sex-based harassment, the District may impose disciplinary sanctions on the student(s), which may include but not be limited to education and training related to Title IX, removal from the educational environment in accordance with all other applicable laws, change of classroom assignment or class schedule, suspension, expulsion.
Following a determination that an employee(s) committed sex-based harassment, the District may impose disciplinary sanctions on the employee(s), which may include but not be limited to termination of employment.
The District may also provide remedies, which may include counseling, training, changes or modifications to class or work schedules or assignments, provision of additional supervision.
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
Regulation 106.1-R(5): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Informal Resolution Procedure UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(5): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Informal Resolution Procedure UNDER REVIEW
Regulation 106.1-R(5): Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited - Informal Resolution Procedure |
Status: UNDER REVIEW TO ADOPT |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
This regulation discusses the steps required in handling complaints of sex discrimination when the parties have mutually agreed to pursue informal resolution of complaints of sex discrimination.
Informal resolution is available unless the complaint is of sex-based harassment by an employee to a student, or if the informal resolution process would conflict with applicable laws. Prior to consenting to the informal resolution process, the Title IX Coordinator will provide written notice to the parties as described in 106.01R3 and will obtain written consent from both parties to participate in Informal Resolution. If either party declines to consent to Informal Resolution, the Complainant will be given the option of withdrawing the Title IX complaint and proceeding with supportive measures only (if applicable) or proceeding with the formal grievance procedure described in 106.01R4.
The District will provide a process where the Title IX Coordinator or a trained Informal Resolution facilitator designated by the Title IX Coordinator, will meet with each party to gather information about each party’s perspective on the complaint and proposed resolution to the complaint. If necessary, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will gather additional information from other individuals, where relevant to developing a proposed resolution to the complaint.
The Title IX Coordinator will propose a resolution in writing to both parties after taking into consideration the requests of the parties and appropriate resolution and supportive measures as determined by the Title IX Coordinator or designee. The Title IX Coordinator or designee will work with the parties to finalize the terms of the resolution agreement. Once agreed upon by the parties, both parties will sign the resolution agreement, which will affirm that they have voluntarily agreed to the resolution agreement and that it is the final, binding resolution of the Title IX complaint. If both parties sign the Agreement, the Title IX complaint will be closed and no further action will be taken by the District (other than to ensure compliance with the resolution agreement). In general, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will attempt to complete the Informal Resolution process within ten (10) school days after the parties consent in writing to participate. The signed Informal Resolution Agreement will be provided to both parties, the building administrator or supervisor responsible for overseeing the implementation of the Agreement, and other District employees only on a need-to-know basis. A copy will be maintained by the Title IX Coordinator in compliance with the timelines required by Title IX.
If an acceptable agreement cannot be developed, or if either or both parties decline to sign the resolution agreement, the Title IX Coordinator will notify both parties that Informal Resolution has not been successful. If the Complainant wishes to proceed with the formal grievance procedure described in 106.01R4, the Title IX Coordinator will assign the complaint to an Investigator who was not involved in the Informal Resolution process to conduct the investigation into the complaint. All procedures and timelines in 106.01R4 will apply once the matter is moved to the formal grievance process.
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. 106 |
106.1E1 NOTICE OF NON-DISCRIMINATION UNDER REVIEW
106.1E1 NOTICE OF NON-DISCRIMINATION UNDER REVIEWCode No. 106.1E1
NOTICE OF NON-DISCRIMINATION
The District does not discriminate on the basis of sex and prohibits sex discrimination in all education programs and activities operated by the district, as required by Title IX, including in admission and employment. Inquiries about the application of Title IX to the district may be referred to the district’s Title IX coordinator
Jon Hueser, Special Education Director & Title IX Coordinator, 515-295-3528, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511, jhueser@algona.k12.ia.us the Office of Civil Rights, or both. The district’s Title IX Nondiscrimination policy and grievance procedures are located in electronic format within the district’s policy reference manual, accessible through the district’s website. For questions locating this policy please contact the Board Secretary.
Individuals wishing to report conduct that may constitute sex discrimination and/or make a complaint of sex discrimination should contact the district’s Title IX Coordinator
Jon Hueser
Special Education Director & Title IX Coordinator
515-295-3528
600 S. Hale St., Algona, IA 50511
.
Note: The language in this exhibit is mandatory and should be included in the district’s registration materials, all student and employee handbooks, published on the district’s website, and included in all employment and open enrollment applications.
200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:13200 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
200 - Responsibilities of the Board of DirectorsThe board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees. The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency. As the governing board of the school district, the board has three duties to perform: legislative duty, executive duty and evaluative duty.
As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district. As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the board, under the board’s executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board’s behalf. The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.
The board has a responsibility to review the education program’s performance under its evaluative duty. The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services. The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program’s ability to achieve the board’s educational philosophy and goals for the school district.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
201 - Legal Status of the Board
201 - Legal Status of the BoardThe Board of Education of the Algona Community School District derives its legal status from the constitution of the State of Iowa and the statutes enacted by the Iowa General Assembly. A Board of Education may establish additional rules and regulations that are not in conflict with the laws of the State or our Nation.
The Board of Education can transact business which is legally binding on the District only when it is in regular or special session with a quorum present and its proceedings recorded in the minutes of the meeting.
The Board of Education retains full legislative and judicial authority over the schools in accordance with the school laws and the expressed will of the electorate, but delegates all executive, supervisory, and instructional authority to its employees as hereinafter specified. Legislative service under the law implies the power and the obligation to contract for service and materials, the power to inspect, the power to pass judgment upon employees and their work, and power to veto acts of any or all employees when such acts are deemed contrary to the legal rights or obligations of the District, or inconsistent with established Board policies.
While the Board of Education is charged by the State with the responsibility for providing educational opportunities for the children of its schools and directing those public school activities which the State entrusts to its care and supervision, a carefully planned pattern of authority is observed by the Board.
In fulfilling its obligations, the Board acts similarly in its relationships to the schools as do Boards of Directors to successful business organizations; that is, through the power of legislation, by the determination of policies, and the evaluation of results. The direct administration of the school system is delegated to the Superintendent of Schools whom the Board appoints to act as Executive Officer of the Board. The Superintendent is held individually and directly responsible to the Board for the execution of all its policies and its legislations and for such other duties assigned to the Superintendent by the Board. Individual members have status as Board members only when acting formally as members of the Board while it is in regular or special session, or when specifically entrusted by the Board to carry out definite assignments.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
201.1 - Organization of School Board
201.1 - Organization of School BoardThe Algona Community School District Board of Directors is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law. The board shall consist of seven (7) board members. Board members are elected at-large.
The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district. The board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. The retiring board will transfer materials and responsibility to the new board.
The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results. The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin. The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members. The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Iowa Code secs. 274.2, 277.28, .31, 279.1, .5, .7
(1987 as amended by H.F. 499, 72nd G.A. 1st Sess.).
670 Iowa Admin. Code 3.1(2);
Date of Adoption:
November 9, 1987
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
201.2 - General Powers and Duties
201.2 - General Powers and DutiesThe Board of Directors shall make rules for its own government and that of the teachers and pupils, and for the care of the schoolhouse, grounds and property of the school corporation, and aid in the enforcement of these rules, and require the performance of duties of said persons imposed by the law and the rules. The board is also empowered to enforce its policies. The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.
Legislative - The School Board represents the people of the District and shall function as a policy-making body. The Board has complete jurisdiction over the School
District and its employees.
Executive - The Board of Directors selects an Executive Officer, the Superintendent of Schools, and delegates to the Superintendent the authority for carrying out the
policies, plans, and administrative details necessary to insure that all phases formulated by the Board are made effective in the operation of the Schools.
Evaluative - Evaluation is that function which attempts, through careful examination and study of facts and conditions, to determine the efficiency of the operation of
the schools, not only in dollars and cents, but in desirable values as the result of instruction based on a sound philosophy of education.
The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.
Legal Reference:
Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).
1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 66.
Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
202 - Elections
202 - ElectionsThe school election takes place on the second Tuesday in September of odd-numbered years. Each biennial school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 7 member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.
Citizens of the school district seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary’s designee, between sixty-four and forty days before the school election unless otherwise directed.
If a vacancy occurs on the board, it may be filled by appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.
If the board does not fill the vacancy by appointment, the board secretary will call a special election to fill the vacancy. Candidates for a seat created by a vacancy must file their nomination papers 25 days before the special election.
It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 277.1 - 277.32
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
202.1 - Oath of Office
202.1 - Oath of OfficeBoard members are officials of the state. As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibility of the office to the best of the board member’s ability.
Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official. The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at or before the annual meeting or organizational meeting of the board depending on the year. In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.
Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.
The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting. In the event the board secretary is absent,the oath is administered by another board member.
“Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of board director in the Algona Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?”
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 69.12, 274.7; 279.6-7 (2007)
Date of Adoption:
February 9, 2009
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
202.2 - Term of Office
202.2 - Term of OfficeBoard members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in September, of odd numbered years, shall serve for four years. Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election. A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.
Being a board member is a unique opportunity to participate on a governing board of the school district. Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7
Date of Adoption:
February 9, 2009
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
202.3 - Board Vacancies
202.3 - Board VacanciesA vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but it not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.
If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy. The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.
A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.
If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred. A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21.6; 69; 277.29; 279
Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
203 - Conflict of Interest
203 - Conflict of InterestBoard members must be able to make decisions objectively. It shall be a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties. It shall not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts to purchase goods or services if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $20,000 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.
It shall also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member’s official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest shall be deemed to exist shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following:
- The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to a board member.
- The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state of the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.
- The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.
If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:
- Cease the outside employment or activity;
- Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.
It shall be the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest. It shall also be the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest. Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 71.1, 277.27, 279.7A, 301.28
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
August 8, 2022
204 - Code of Ethics
204 - Code of Ethics- A CREED FOR BOARD MEMBERS:
- I will listen.
- I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merits of their work.
- I will be motivated only by a desire to serve the students and the citizens of my area.
- I will recognize that it is my responsibility together with the other Board Members to see that the educational system is properly run - not to run it myself.
- I will work through the administrative employees of the Board and not over or around them.
- I will recognize that Board business may be legally transacted only in open meetings legally called.
- I will inform myself on the proper duties and functions of a Board Member.
- IN PERFORMING THE FUNCTIONS OF A BOARD MEMBER:
- I will deal in terms of general educational policies.
- I will function in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body.
- I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will attempt to protect and conserve it.
- IN MAINTAINING DESIRABLE RELATIONS WITH OTHER MEMBERS OF THE BOARD:
- I will respect the opinions of others.
- I will give the Superintendent of Schools authority commensurate with his/her responsibility.
- I will expect the schools to be administered by the best trained technical and professional personnel it is possible to procure.
- I will insist that committees be appointed to serve only in an investigating and advisory capacity.
- I will consider unethical and will thus avoid star chamber or secret sessions of Board Members held without presence of the administration.
- IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO THE AREA:
- I will attempt to appraise fairly both the present and the future educational needs of the area.
- I will be aware that student needs are not confined to the development of vocational skills and I will support programs with broad educational goals in addition to specialized courses.
- In considering the needs of the students of the area I will not be provincial in my thinking, but will realize that their opportunities will transcend the borders of the area and I will support program offerings accordingly.
- I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for educational facilities and program.
- I will interpret to the Superintendent of Schools as best I can the needs and attitudes of the area.
- I will consider it an important responsibility of the Board to interpret the aims and methods of the educational program and the materials used in them to the people of the area.
- I will insist that business transactions of the organization be on an ethical, open and above-board basis.
- IN WORKING WITH THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND HIS/HER STAFF:
- I will hold the Superintendent of Schools responsible for the administration of the schools in accordance with the policies established by the Board.
- I will appoint employees only on the recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools.
- I will participate in Board legislation only after considering the recommendation of the Superintendent and only after the Superintendent has furnished complete information supporting the recommendation.
- I will expect the Superintendent of Schools to keep the Board of Directors adequately informed at all times through both oral and written reports.
- I will expect to spend more time in Board meetings on educational problems and procedures than on business detail.
- I will give the Superintendent of Schools friendly counsel and advice.
- I will refer all complaints to the proper administrative officer or insist that they be presented in writing to the Board as a whole through the Superintendent of Schools.
- I will present any personal criticisms of employees to the Superintendent of Schools.
- I will recognize that authority rests with the Board in legal session - not in individual members of the Board.
- I will make no disparaging remarks in or out of meetings about other members of the Board or their opinions.
- I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.
- I will make decisions in Board meetings only after all sides of the question have been presented.
- TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS:
- I will not help to elect a superintendent, principal, or teacher who is already under contract with another school without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.
- I will consider it unethical to bid for the services of a teacher or pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring Board or superintendent.
- I will not recommend a teacher for a position in another school unless I would employ said teacher under similar circumstances.
- I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of a teacher to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness, being careful not to overpraise nor to be unduly critical.
- I will associate myself with school Board members of other districts, both personally and in conferences, for the purpose of discussing school problems and cooperating in the improvement of public school conditions.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
205 - Board Member Liability
205 - Board Member LiabilityBoard members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community. In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.
The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless the act constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission. The school district, however, cannot save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.
Legal Reference:
Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (2012).
Iowa Code ch. 670 (2013).
Legal Reference: (Code of Iowa)
Chapter 71.1, 277.27, 279.7A, 301.28
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
206 - Board of Direcctors' Officers
206 - Board of Direcctors' Officers dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:52206.1 - President
206.1 - PresidentIt is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner. The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.
The president of the board is elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.
The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members. Before making or second a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.
The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board. Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.
The board president, as chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
206.2 - Vice President
206.2 - Vice PresidentIf the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the vice-president of the board to carry out the duties of the president. If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president’s term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.
The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting, to serve a one-year term of office.
The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion. The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer
206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer
Policy 206.03: Secretary-Treasurer |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 06/13/2016 | Last Revised Date: 08/12/2024| Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public. To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to evaluate the board secretary-treasurer annually.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students. The board secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.
It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities. It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.
In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the Superintendent will assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed. The board secretary-treasurer will give bond or be covered by an insurance policy in an amount set by the board. The cost of the bond or insurance policy will be paid by the school district.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 279.3, .5, .7, .32, .33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.8, .10-.11; 299.10. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 12B.10 |
|
Iowa Code § 12C |
|
Iowa Code § 279 |
|
Iowa Code § 291 |
|
Iowa Code § 299.10 |
|
Iowa Code § 64 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
202.02 |
|
206.04 |
|
210.01 |
|
215 |
|
215-E(1) |
|
701.01 |
|
704.03 |
|
707.01 |
|
708 |
207 - Legal Counsel
207 - Legal CounselIt is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district. The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.
The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district. The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel. The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent. Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board. It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.
Legal Reference:
Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction,
395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
Iowa Code § 279.37 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
208 - Ad Hoc Committees
208 - Ad Hoc CommitteesWhenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board. Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.
An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee. The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution. The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution. The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration. The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue. The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.
The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution. When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue. The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee. The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures
209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:59209.1 - Formulation of Policy
209.1 - Formulation of PolicyThe primary responsibility for formulating policy rests with the Board of Directors. Policies for the consideration of the Board may be proposed by any member of the Board, the Superintendent of Schools, a member of the professional staff with the approval of the Superintendent, a lay group or organization, or by any citizen of the School District.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
209.2 - Adoption of Policy
209.2 - Adoption of PolicyPolicy proposals shall be submitted to the Board, through the Superintendent of Schools, prior to a regularly scheduled meeting. Final adoption of policies shall occur after consideration by the board.
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
209.3 - Dissemination of Policy
209.3 - Dissemination of PolicyA hard copy of the board policy manual is housed at the central administration office and is available to each board member if requested. Persons wishing to review the board policy manual may contact the board secretary, who will have a board policy manual available for public inspection. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure copies of new and revised policy statements are distributed to the custodians of board policy manuals no later than the first regular board meeting following the policy's adoption.
The board policy manual may also be available electronically on the district website. Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure any electronic version of the policy manual is current
Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Date of Adoption:
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
209.4 - Revision of Policy
209.4 - Revision of PolicyThe Policies of the Board of Directors may be rescinded, changed, or amended by resolution adopted at any regular meeting, provided notice of such potential is set forth in the posted agenda. New members should review the Policies of the Board that are operational not later than 30 days after the annual Organizational Meeting of the Board. The Board will review all policies, and re-approve, amend or delete at least every five years. The purpose of such review shall be to strengthen the operation of the Board and to improve the educational program of the school.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy
209.5 - Administration in the Absence of PolicyWhen there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken. If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
209.6 - Adoption of Administrative Rules and Regulations
209.6 - Adoption of Administrative Rules and RegulationsAdministrative rules and regulations shall be drawn by the Superintendent of Schools and shall be submitted to the Board of Directors in writing prior to a regularly scheduled meeting. The proposed rule of regulation shall be read at the regular meeting with final action scheduled for the next regular meeting.
In general, administrative rules and regulations serve to implement the policies of the Board of Directors.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210 - Board of Directors' Meetings
210 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:10210.1 - Annual Meeting
210.1 - Annual MeetingEach year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.
At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30. As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks. The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel at the annual meeting.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Annual Meeting, Chapter 277.28, 279.3, 279.30,
291.2, 453.1 - 453.6
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210.10 - Order of Regular Business Meetings
210.10 - Order of Regular Business MeetingsThe normal order of business at all meetings shall be as follows:
PUBLIC FORUM Prior to meeting
- Call to Order.
- Roll Call.
- Adopt Agenda.
- Minutes.
- Warrants.
- Financial Statements.
- Board Reports.
- Superintendent's Report.
- Communications to the Board.
- Hearing of any Delegations.
- Administrative Reports.
- Unfinished Business.
- New Business.
- Personnel.
- Adjournment.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210.2 - Regular Meetings
210.2 - Regular MeetingsThe regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at its annual or organizational meeting. The regular meetings of the board will be held on the second Monday of each month.
Meetings will begin promptly at 7:00 p.m. The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board's convenience. Public notice of the meetings will be given.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption: May 12, 1975
Date of Review: December 14, 2020
210.3 - Special Meetings
210.3 - Special MeetingsIt may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting. Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board. Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.
If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting. The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.
Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting. The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210.4 - Work Session
210.4 - Work SessionThe board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action. While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action. Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities. The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.
Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session. No board action will take place at the work session.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210.5 - Meeting Notices
210.5 - Meeting NoticesPublic notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board. Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings. The public notice will be posted in a prominent place clearly designated for posting agendas in the central administration office, and on an exterior facing door/window so that community members may see the agenda when the building is physically closed. The agenda will be posted at least days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.
A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary. A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.
In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting. In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting. Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.
NOTE: This policy states that the notice will be posted in the central administration office which is a legal requirement. If an additional procedure is used, the board may want to include that procedure.
Legal Reference: | Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970). Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2. |
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
July 10, 2023
REVISED: July 10, 2023
210.6 - Quorum for Meetings
210.6 - Quorum for MeetingsThe majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A majority vote of those present shall be necessary and sufficient to pass any motion or to take any action of the Board unless the vote of a greater number with respect to the particular subject matter shall be required by law or other Board policy.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.4
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210.7 - Rules of Order
210.7 - Rules of OrderAn orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district. Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board. They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.
The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.
The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:
- To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
- To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
- To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
- To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.
It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2013).
Date of Adoption
May 12, 1975
Date of Review
December 14, 2020
210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation
210.7R1 - Rules of Order RegulationThe following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:
- Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.
- All motions will be made as a positive action.
- A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast. Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation. It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.
- All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board. If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.
- The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue. An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.
- The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.
- The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.
- The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting. Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.
- The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.
- The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues
210.8 - Agenda
210.8 - AgendaThe Superintendent of Schools shall submit to the Board of Directors for its consideration, at least two days before a regular meeting, a tentative agenda which shall set forth the order of business for that meeting. The tentative agenda shall be posted at the front entrance of the Central Administration offices. Emergency or other items may be added to the agenda prior to formal Board approval of the agenda.
The agenda shall contain supporting data for the suggested items of business, together with recommendations of the Superintendent, or recommendations from staff members designated by the Superintendent.
Whenever possible, the agenda shall be documented with evidence such as charts, graphs, statistics, previous experience records and/or precedents which bear on the matters to be considered.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 21.3 and 21.4
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
210.9 - Consent Agendas
210.9 - Consent AgendasVery often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content. Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc. These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.
In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.
The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda. By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution. Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.
Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
211 - Open Meetings
211 - Open MeetingsA gathering of a majority of board members in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting. A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place. Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (2013).
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
212 - Closed Sessions
212 - Closed SessionsGenerally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law. The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting in the situations stated below.
Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law
Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting. The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice. The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting. A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote. Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary. Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.
The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended. The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting. Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.
The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspeciton. The minutes and tape recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law. The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session.
Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:
- To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board’s possession or receipt of federal funds.
- To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.
- To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.
- To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual’s reputation and that individual requests a closed session.
- To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property.
Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law
Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discusion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meeting law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements. Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion. The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:
- Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;
- To discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;
- To conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher’s contract. The private hearing however, in the teacher’s contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and
- To conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator’s contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator’s contract.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24 (2011).
1982 Op. Att’y Gen. 162
1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 167
1976 Op. Att’y Gen. 384, 514, 765
1972 Op. Att’y Gen. 158
1970 Op. Att’y Gen. 287
Approved:
October 10, 2011
Date Reviewed:
December 14, 2020
213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings
213 - Public Participation in Board MeetingsThe board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters. In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment.
Public Comment During Board Meetings
Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment. Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time. The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.
The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation. Normally, speakers will be limited to 5 minutes. However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary. Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.
Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings.
Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda
Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board. For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.
Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition. The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up. The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address. Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up. The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal. Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak. The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum.
The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility. The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment. Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting. Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action.
NOTE: This policy must be displayed on the district’s website to comply with the district’s legal requirements on transparency.
NOTE: Boards need to make the determination how best, to involve the public in their board meetings. Boards that follow other practices for allowing the public to participate in board meetings should amend this policy to reflect their practice.
Legal Reference: | Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, 279.8B |
Date of Adoption:
June 8, 1981
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
August 14, 2023
REVISED:
August 14, 2023
213.1 - Handling Grievances-Complaints
213.1 - Handling Grievances-ComplaintsA. Personnel Grievances/Complaints
Grievances and complaints from personnel shall first be brought to the attention of the appropriate building administrator or supervisor. If not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the grievance or complaint may be brought to the attention of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent). If the matter is still not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the parties may appeal to the Board of Directors (Board).
Personnel desiring to address the Board on any matter shall direct their communications to the Superintendent.
B. Student/Parent Grievances/Complaints
Grievances and complaints from students/parents shall first be brought to the attention of the appropriate building administrator. If not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the grievance or complaint may be brought to the attention of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent). If the matter is still not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the parties may appeal to the Board of Directors (Board).
Students/parents desiring to address the Board on any matter shall direct their communications to the Superintendent.
C. Citizens' Grievances/Complaints
Whenever a citizen is aggrieved at the action of any employee, such citizen may give information to the employee's immediate supervisor. In the event that the matter is not satisfactorily resolved, the appeal process will follow this order:
- Other supervisory or administrative personnel in the line of responsibility.
- The Superintendent.
- The Board.
The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted. Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students will follow the more specific policies on those issues. Complaints requiring attention received by the board or a board member will be referred to the superintendent.
When all of the channels have been exhausted, the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public audience portion of the board meeting. If the complainant appeals to the board, the appeal will be in writing, will be signed and will explain the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board. It is within the board’s discretion to determine whether to hear the complaint. No appeal will be heard by the Board unless reduced to writing, signed by the party bringing the same, and presented to the Board through the Superintendent.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
213.2 - Public Complaints
213.2 - Public ComplaintsThe board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.
The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern. Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved. Prior to board action however, the following should be completed.
- Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.
- Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee’s building principal.
- Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
- If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration. To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention or the entire board.
It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy. The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent. If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final. If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.
Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: September 10, 2018
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
214 - Public Hearings
214 - Public HearingsPublic hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board. Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.
At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held. Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion. Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible. Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals. In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.
The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion. At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president. The board president will recognize the speakers. A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ Ch. 21; 26.12;
Ch. 24; 279.8, .10; 297.22 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
215 - Minutes of Meetings
215 - Minutes of MeetingsSince the official minutes of the board are the only legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness. The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:
With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:
- The place, date, and time of each meeting.
- The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.
- Members present and members absent, by name.
- The call to order and adjournment.
- The departure of members by name before adjournment.
- The late arrival of members, by name.
- The time and place of the next meeting.
- Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
- Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.
- The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
- Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.
- A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
- A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
- All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
- A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
- A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
- Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
- Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.
- Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
- Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.
- Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.
- A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.
- At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.
- The election or appointment of board officers.
- The appointment of auditors to examine the books.
At the annual or organizational meeting, in odd numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:
26. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
27. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
28. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
29. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.
30. The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.
31. A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.
32. A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
33. Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.
34. Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 21.3, 279.35, 291.6
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
216 - Board of Directors' Member Services
216 - Board of Directors' Member Services dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:39216.1 - Membership in State and National Associations
216.1 - Membership in State and National AssociationsThe Board of Directors shall consider membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards, the National School Boards Associations, and others as determined by the Board.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
216.2 - Compensation for Expenses
216.2 - Compensation for ExpensesMembers of the Board of Directors shall serve without pay. They shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as members of the Board.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
217 - Gifts to Board of Directors
217 - Gifts to Board of DirectorsBoard members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district. Board members shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.
A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:
- Is seeking to be or is a part to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
- Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
- Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.
A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, "gift" does not include any of the following:
- Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
- Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
- Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
- An inheritance;
- Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;
- Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
- Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
- Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
- Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business
- or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
- Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference,
- seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political
- subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
- Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
- Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
- Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;
- Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
- Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which a public official or public board member attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.
An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:
- Actual expenses of an board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa Department of General Services; or
- A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.
It shall be the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 68B (1993);
Iowa Code Supp. Chapter 68B (1993);
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276; and
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319
Date of Adoption:
April 10, 1995
Date of Review:
December 14, 2020
300 - ADMINISTRATION
300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14300 - Statement of Guiding Principles
300 - Statement of Guiding PrinciplesThe administration of the school district shall provide the leadership to implement the district's educational philosophy. It is the responsibility of the administration to implement and enforce policies developed by the Board of Directors, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.
The Board of Directors and administrators function as a management team.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
August 9, 1993
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
301 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment
301 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, AppointmentThe board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.
The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position. In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants. The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.
In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
301.1 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
301.1 - Superintendent Contract and Contract NonrenewalThe length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board. The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30. The contract will state the terms of employment.
The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period. The board may waive this period or the probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent. In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15. The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.
If a superintendent's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the superintendent's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.
It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent.
If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or resignation.
Legal Reference:
Cook v Plainfield Community School District,
301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel,
282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District,
282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co.,
258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
301.2 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
301.2 - Superintendent Salary and Other CompensationThe board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent. It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent. The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.
In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties. It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.
The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract. Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.20, 279.23, 279.23A, 279.24
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
301.3 - Superintendent Duties
301.3 - Superintendent DutiesThe board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board. The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.
The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students. The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.
In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students. Specifically, the superintendent:
- Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
- Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
- Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
- Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
- Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
- Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
- Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;
- Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
- Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
- Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
- Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;
- Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
- Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
- Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
- Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
- Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
- Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
- Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
- Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
- Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
- Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
- Approves vacation schedules for employees;
- Conducts periodic district administration meetings;
- Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board;
- Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board; and
- Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.
This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent. In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.20, 272.33
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review
February 8, 2021
301.4 - Superintendent Evaluation
301.4 - Superintendent EvaluationThe Board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis. The goal of the superintendent’s formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent’s role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent. This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.
The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:
-
Mission, Vision and Core Values: Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
-
Ethics and Professional Norms: Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Equity and Cultural Responsiveness: Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment: Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Community Care and Support for Students: Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
-
Professional Capacity of School Personnel: Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Professional Community for Teachers and Staff: Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community: Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Operations and Management: Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
School Improvement: Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principle:
- The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent. The criteria will be related to the job description, the Iowa Standards for School Leaders, the school district’s goals, and the goals of the administrator's individual professional development plan;
- At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;
- Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;
- The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board’s evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;
- The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon the request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent’s reputation; and,
- The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent. Board members are encouraged to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.
The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent’s personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.
This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities and competence.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 279.8, .20, .23, .23A (2007); 281
I.A.C. Chapter 83; 12.3(4).
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
301.5 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent
301.5 - Succession of Authority to the SuperintendentIn the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties.
If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the high school principal will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action. If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent. The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.
References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
Date of Adoption:
March 14, 2005
Date of Review:
February 8, 2020
302 - Administrators Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment
302 - Administrators Qualifications, Recruitment, AppointmentThe board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.
The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position. In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants. The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.
In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy. The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.
The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.24, IA Admin Code 12.4(5)
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
302.1 - Administrators Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
302.1 - Administrators Contract and Contract NonrenewalThe length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract. The contract will also state the terms of the employment.
The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period. The board may waive this period. The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator. In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15. The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.
If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.
Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 279.21 and 279.24
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
302.2 - Administrators Salary and Other Compensation
302.2 - Administrators Salary and Other CompensationThe board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators. It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators. The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.
In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties. The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract. Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.20, 279.23, 279.23A, 279.24
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
302.3 - Administrators Duties
302.3 - Administrators DutiesSubject to the policies of the Board of Directors and to the directives issued by the Superintendent or other Central Administrative personnel on behalf of the Superintendent, the Principal shall have full authority for the assigned building and grounds, all pupils, teachers, operating personnel and all activities carried on therein or thereon.
The primary functions of the building principal are to provide administrative leadership and supervision of all building educational programs, communicate high expectations that all students will succeed in all program offering areas, evaluate educational programs, and services with the intent of encouraging continual improvement in the educational program, and maintain a visible presence in the district community to act as a spokesperson for public education.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
302.4 - Administrators Evaluation
302.4 - Administrators EvaluationThe superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually. The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, assess administrator competence in the Iowa Standards for School leaders, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator. This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.
The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument to assess among other things, the administrator's competence in meeting the Iowa standards for school Leaders and the goals fo the administrator's individual professional development plan. The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description and the Iowa Standards for School Leaders. The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.
The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth. The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.
The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:
- Mission, Vision and Core Values: Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
- Ethics and Professional Norms: Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Equity and Cultural Responsiveness: Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment: Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Community Care and Support for Students: Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
- Professional Capacity of School Personnel: Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Professional Community for Teachers and Staff: Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community: Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Operations and Management: Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- School Improvement: Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and non-probationary administrators prior to May 15.
This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.
Legal Reference:
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(3); ch 83.
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
303 - Administrative Consulting – Outside Employment
303 - Administrative Consulting – Outside EmploymentThe superintendent and administrators are considered full-time employees. The board expects responsibilities of these positions be given precedence over other employment. The administration may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the assigned duties with the district.
The board reserves the right, however, to request that any administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment. The board will give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapters 279.24, 279.25
Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975
Date of Review:
February 21, 2021
304 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations
304 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative RegulationsAdministrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.
In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent should consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations. Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.
The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions. The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
304.1 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations
304.1 - Monitoring of Administrative RegulationsThe administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.
The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
305 - Administrator Code of Ethics
305 - Administrator Code of EthicsAdministrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district. Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.
Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy. Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.
The professional school administrator:
- Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
- Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
- Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
- Implements local, state and national laws.
- Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
- Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
- Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
- Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
- Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
- Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
- Accepts responsibility and accountability for one's own actions and behaviors.
- Commits to serving others above self.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
282 I.A.C. 13.
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
306 - Communication Channels
306 - Communication ChannelsQuestions and problems are resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint. School employees are responsible for conferring with their immediate supervisor on questions and concerns. Students and other members of the school district community will confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on questions and concerns.
If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within ten school days of their discussion with the principal. If there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within ten school days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have the question or problem placed on the board agenda. It is within the board's discretion whether to hear the concern.
It will first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the school district community.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016
Date of Review:
February 8, 2021
400 - EMPLOYEES
400 - EMPLOYEES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14400 - Statement of Guiding Principles - Employees
400 - Statement of Guiding Principles - EmployeesROLE OF AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR EMPLOYEES
This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs. Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community. They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches. Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs. While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions. As role models for the students, employees shall promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.
In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees. The board shall have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action. The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units. To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail.
Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator. Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series, Administration. Classified employees' policies included in this series will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Sections 20.16; 279.12
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed:
401 - Employees and Internal Relations
401 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:02401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity
401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity
Policy 401.01: Equal Employment Opportunity |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 10/11/2022 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 12/11/2023 |
|
The Algona Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies. Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination. The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented. Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies. Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.
The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator. The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan. The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.
Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply. In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.
Prior to a final offer of employment the school district will perform the background checks required by law. Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended. If the candidate is a teacher who has an initial license from the BOEE, then the requirement for a background check is waived. The district will perform repeat background checks on applicable employees as required by law.
Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement: "The Algona Community School District is an EEO/AA employer." The statement will also appear on application forms.
Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Algona Community School District, Algona , Iowa 50511 ; or by telephoning 515-295-3528.
Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza, 310 West Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI., 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. http://www.eeoc.gov/field/milwaukee/index.cfm or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html. This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the law. The district must perform an initial background check on all employees 18 years of age and older. For some licensed employees, background checks must be performed every five years.
Legal Reference: |
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 19B |
|
Iowa Code § 20 |
|
Iowa Code § 216 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 35C |
|
Iowa Code § 73 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.4 |
|
281 I.A.C. 95 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
29 U.S.C. §§ 621 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 12101 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000e |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
102 |
|
102-R(1) |
|
102-EH(1) |
Equal Educational Opportunity - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination |
102-EH(2) |
Equal Educational Opportunity - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination |
102-EH(3) |
Equal Educational Opportunity - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights |
102-E(4) |
Equal Educational Opportunity - Discrimination Complaint Form |
102-E(5) |
|
102-E(6) |
Equal Educational Opportunity - Disposition of Complaint Form |
104 |
|
104-R(1) |
|
104-E(1) |
|
104-E(2) |
|
104-E(3) |
Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form |
405.02 |
|
411.02 |
401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest
401.2 - Employee Conflict of InterestEmployees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.
Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain. No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent. If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent. Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.
Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the school district. Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents. Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.
It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:
- The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.
- The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.
- The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.
If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:
- Cease the outside employment or activity; or,
- Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.
When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.
It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.
Legal Reference:
7 C.F.R. 3016.36(3)
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
401.3 - Nepotism
401.3 - NepotismMore than one family member may be an employee of the school district. It is the preference of the Board that one family member not directly supervise another family member, however, the Board understands that in some situations this may be necessary. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign supervisory responsibilities.
The employment of more than one individual in a family is on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
401.4 - Employee Complaints
401.4 - Employee ComplaintsComplaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees. If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner. Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.
A formal grievance procedure is contained in the master contract between the employee's bargaining units and the board. This policy will not apply to a complaint that has been or could be filed at the employee's discretion under that formal grievance procedure.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .9; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
401.5 - Employee Records
401.5 - Employee RecordsThe school district will maintain personnel records on employees. The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.
The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy. Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility. Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.
Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee. The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made. Employees, however, will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.
The board secretary is the custodian of employee records.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation
401.5R1 - Employee Records RegulationEmployee Personnel Records Content
- Employee personnel records may contain the following information:
- Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.
- Individual employment contract.
- Evaluations.
- Application, resume and references.
- Salary information.
- Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.
- Educational transcripts.
- Assignment.
- Records of disciplinary matters.
- Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records. Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:
- Medical professional signed physical form.
- Sick or long-term disability leave days.
- Worker's compensation claims.
- Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.
- Employee's medical history.
- Employee emergency names and numbers.
- Family and medical leave request forms.
- The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:
- The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
- The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
- The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
- The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;
- The fact that the individual resigned in lieu of termination, was discharged, or was demoted as a result of a disciplinary action, and the documented reasons and rationale for the resignation in lieu of termination, the discharge, or the demotion. “Demoted” or “demotion” mean a change of an employee from a position in a given classification to a position in a classification having a lower pay grade; and
- Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)
Applicant File Records Content
Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office. The records will include, but not be limited to:
- Application for employment.
- Resume.
- References.
- Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.
- Affirmative action form, if submitted.
Record Access
Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee. Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary. In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.
I.C. Iowa Code | Description |
---|---|
Iowa Code § 20 | Collective Bargaining |
Iowa Code § 21 | Open Meetings |
Iowa Code § 22 | Open Records |
Iowa Code § 91B | Personnel Information |
Cross References
401.6 Limitations to Employment References UNDER REVIEW
401.6 Limitations to Employment References UNDER REVIEW
Policy 401.06: Limitations to Employment References |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
The district believes in taking appropriate measures to promote the health and welfare of all students. Any school employee, volunteer, contractor, or agent shall not assist another school employee, contractor, or agent in obtaining a new job, apart from the routine transmission of administrative personnel files, if the individual or agency knows, or has probable cause to believe, that such school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law. Sexual misconduct means physical or sexual abuse of students, including but not limited to sexual or physical relationships, grooming behavior, and otherwise inappropriate relationships with students.
This limitation does not apply if the matter has been properly reported to law enforcement and any other regulatory authorities required by law, and either:
- the matter has been officially closed by the law enforcement agency;
- the individual is acquitted or otherwise exonerated of the alleged misconduct; or
- more than four years has passed since the case was opened, and no charges or indictment have been filed.
Note: This is a mandatory policy. The language stated in the policy reflects the standards established for schools receiving funding under the Every Student Succeeds Act.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. §7926 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa code § 256 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §7926 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
401.05 |
|
401.05-R(1) |
|
402.02 |
|
402.03 |
|
405.02 |
|
411.02 |
401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation
401.7 - Employee Travel CompensationEmployees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses. Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs.
Travel Outside the School District
Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved. Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business. Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, is approved by the superintendent. Travel outside the district by the superintendent will be approved by the board president.
Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses may be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel. Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.
Failure to have a detailed receipt will make the expense a personal expense. Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip are reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.
Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses. Pre-approved expenses for registration are limited to the actual cost of the registration.
Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile. If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the federal mileage rate per mile. If a school district vehicle is available, the employee will be reimbursed at the federal rate to those employees submitting a log of their mileage.
Travel Within the School District
Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the federal rate. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees. It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.
Employees who are allowed an in-school district travel allowance will have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the employee's W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.
The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of school district vehicles. The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.
Use of District-Owned Vehicles
Certain district employment positions may require regular and extensive travel. Due to the required duties of these positions, the district may provide certain positions with use of district-owned vehicles. Employees who utilize district-owned vehicles during the course of their job duties are fulfilling the public purpose of meeting the needs of the educational community in an efficient, and time-sensitive manner. District-owned vehicles are purchased and maintained with public money and must be used strictly in accordance with fulfilling a public purpose. These vehicles represent the district in carrying out its educational mission. Therefore, district-owned vehicles will be clearly marked at all times to identify the district.
The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment and proper use of school district vehicles. The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.
MEAL REIMBURSEMENT
Approved expenses for meals may be reimbursed at $50 per day with not one meal exceeding $25. Although the policy does not set a tip rate, 18% has been recognized as best practice. All meals require an itemized receipt and charge slip submitted with a Payment Request or Purchase Order submitted to the immediate supervisor for approval. If itemized receipts are not submitted, the expense will become a personal expense to the employee.
Legal Reference: Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 512.
Date of Adoption: August 11, 1975
Date of Review: September 11, 2023
Policy 401.10 - Credit Cards
Policy 401.10 - Credit CardsThe school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties. Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the Board of Directors (Board) and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the Board in the performance of their duties.
Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. Failure to provide a proper receipt shall make the expense a personal expense. Personal expenses shall be reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district’s credit card. In exceptional circumstances, the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or Board may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district’s record of the claim.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business. It shall be the responsibility of the Board of Directors (Board) to determine through the audit and approval process of the Board whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.
Legal References:
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.8, 279.29, 279.30 281 I.A.C. 12.3(1)
Date of Adoption:
March 14, 1994
Date of Review:
September 19, 2011
May 14, 2018
July 10, 2023 (CHANGE OF # FROM 803.3 to 401.10)
401.12 - District Landline and Cellular Phone Useage
401.12 - District Landline and Cellular Phone UseageThe District provides telephones to employees because communication is essential for the performance of their duties, especially in times of emergency or when addressing safety issues. In addition, the district provides a voice mail system which permits employees to receive and retrieve messages from locations outside of their offices.
The landline telephones provided by the district to employees are to be used primarily for school business. Employees may use land line telephones for personal business, provided such personal use is limited in frequency and duration and does not interfere with the performance of an employee’s job. Landline telephones are provided at district expense. Employees are not charged for local calls but are charged for all personal long distance toll calls.
The use of cell phones and other communication devices may be appropriate to provide for the effective and efficient operation of the school district and to help ensure safety and security of people and property while on school district property or engaged in school‑sponsored activities.
The Board authorizes the purchase and employee use of cell phones as deemed appropriate by the superintendent. School district‑owned cell phones shall be used for authorized school district business purposes, consistent with the school district’s mission and goals.
Use of cell phones in violation of board policies, administrative regulations, and/or state/federal laws will result in discipline, up to and including dismissal, and referral to law enforcement officials, as appropriate.
Employees may possess and use cell phones during the school day as outlined in this policy and as provided in the administrative regulation developed by the superintendent. Employees should not use cell phones for personal business while on-duty, including staff development times, parent-teacher conferences, etc., except in the case of an emergency or during prep time or break/lunch times. Employees, except for bus drivers, see below, are prohibited from using cell phones while driving except in the case of an emergency and any such use must comply with applicable state and federal law and district policies and regulations.
Cell phones are not to be used for conversations involving confidential student or employee information. [School district-provided cell phones devices are not to be loaned to others.]
School bus drivers are prohibited from using any communication device while operating the bus except in the case of an emergency, or to call for assistance, after the vehicle has been stopped. Any such use must comply with applicable state and federal law and district policies and regulations.
The Superintendent or his/her designee is authorized to review the use of the district cellular account and to revoke the privilege of using the district cellular account if it is determined that the cellular telephone is being used primarily for personal business or is being used in any other manner which is contrary to district policy.
Adopted:
February 8, 2010
Date of Review:
October 11, 2021
401.13 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking-NEW # IS 713
401.13 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking-NEW # IS 713Changed to Policy 713
2/12/2024
401.13R1 - Staff Technology Use -NEW # IS 713R1
401.13R1 - Staff Technology Use -NEW # IS 713R1Moved to Policy Regulation 713R1
Approved: 2/12/2024
401.14 - Employee Expression
401.14 - Employee ExpressionThe board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs. When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated. The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern. Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. Employee will comply with Iowa law to the extent that compliance does not infringe on employees' free speech rights.
Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district. Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy.
If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.
Note: This is a mandatory policy required by Iowa Code ch. 279.73.
Legal Reference: U.S. Const. Amend. I
Iowa Code §§ 279.73; 280.22
Cross Reference: 502.3 Student Expression
504.3 Student Publications
Date of Review:
November 14, 2022
402 - Employees and Outside Relations
402 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:41402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees
402.05 - Required Professional Development for EmployeesAppropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students. The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees.
For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.
NOTE: This requirement exists regardless of the employee’s status as a licensed or classified employee. With the change in law stating that all school employees are now mandatory reporters, this policy language will apply to all employees for at least some training.
Legal Reference: | § |
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: August 14, 2023
Revised: August 14, 2023
402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting
402.2 - Child Abuse ReportingIn compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.
When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report. If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified.
Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years. Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years. Employees who have taken the two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow-up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A; 235A; 280.17 (2013).
441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 390, 417.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.
Date of Review:
August 8, 2022
August 14, 2023
402.3 - Abuse of Students By School District Employees UNDER REVIEW
402.3 - Abuse of Students By School District Employees UNDER REVIEW
Policy 402.03: Abuse of Students by School District Employees |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 10/11/2021 | Last Revised Date: 8/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
Physical or sexual abuse of students, including but not limited to sexual or physical relationships, grooming behavior, and otherwise inappropriate relationships with students by employees will not be tolerated. The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district. Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.
The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation and timely reporting to all relevant agencies as required by law. The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible. Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.
The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator. The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator. The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district. The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.
The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.
NOTE: This policy is a reflection of current Iowa law regarding abuse of students by school district employees. Refer to the Iowa Department of Education training manual for supporting materials and forms: https://educate.iowa.gov/media/9556/download?inline
The last sentence of the third paragraph is mandatory in the law and is an item in the DE accreditation report.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 256.160; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1). |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 232 |
|
Iowa Code § 235A |
|
Iowa Code § 272A |
|
Iowa Code § 280.17 |
|
Iowa Code § 709 |
|
Iowa Code § 728.12 |
|
Iowa code §256.160 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 102 |
Abuse of Students by School Employees Investigation Procedures |
281 I.A.C. 103 |
|
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
441 I.A.C. 155 |
|
441 I.A.C. 175 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
104 |
|
104-R(1) |
|
104-E(1) |
|
104-E(2) |
|
104-E(3) |
Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form |
401.06 |
|
402.02 |
|
503.05 |
Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint |
503.06 |
|
503.06-R(1) |
|
503.06-E(1) |
Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students - Documentation Form |
503.06-E(2) |
|
503.06-E(3) |
Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students - Debriefing Meeting Document |
402.4 - Gifts to Employees
402.4 - Gifts to EmployeesEmployees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district. Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.
A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:
- Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
- Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
- Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.
A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, "gift" does not include any of the following:
- Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
- Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
- Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
- An inheritance;
- Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;
- Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
- Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
- Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
- Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
- Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
- Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee
- Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
- Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
- Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or
- Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.
An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:
- Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or
- A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.
It is the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.
Legal References:
Iowa Code ch. 68B (2013).
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
402.6 - Employee Outside Employment
402.6 - Employee Outside EmploymentThe board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description. The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment. The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.
The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being
403 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:55403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations
403.1 - Employee Physical ExaminationsGood health is important to job performance. Employees will present evidence of good health, in the form of a physical examination report, prior to their employment with the school district.
School bus drivers will present evidence of good health every other year in the form of a physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion. Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.
The cost of the initial examination will be paid by the employee. The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary. The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by the school district up to a maximum of $85. The school district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee. Employees identified as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine or sign a written waiver stating that they will not take the vaccine.
A plan should be developed to minimize district occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens. The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and postexposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.
The requirements stated in the master contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding physical examinations of such employees are followed.
Legal Reference:
29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321.376 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 43.15 -.20.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403.2 - Employee Injury On The Job
403.2 - Employee Injury On The JobWhen an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.
If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid. An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible. The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.
It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence. It is the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17 (2013).
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403.3 - Communicable Diseases – Employees
403.3 - Communicable Diseases – EmployeesEmployees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees. The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.
Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.
The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.
Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties. Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.
Administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease should be developed.
Legal Reference:
School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
29 U.S.C. §§ 794, 1910 (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
Iowa Code chs. 139(a); 141(a) (2013).
641 I.A.C. 1.2-.7.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record
403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and RecordThe Disease
Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected. Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus. Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others. Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis. HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer. Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.
The Vaccine
The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells. It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.
Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus. The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids. Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.
There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B. However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.
Dosage and Administration
The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle. Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.
Possible Vaccine Side Effects
The incidence of side effects is very low. No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine. Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever. Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported. The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.
See form attached
403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation
403.3R1 - Universal Precautions RegulationUniversal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students. It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual. UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood. These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material. However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious. The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations. Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact. Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control. All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan. Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.
Hand Washing
Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection. Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed. Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key. Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.
- Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
- Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
- If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
- Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.
Barriers
Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices. Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual. Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW. Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.
Disposal of Waste
Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure. When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required. A band aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste. It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident. Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste. Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.
Clean up
Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately. The employee should:
- Wear gloves.
- Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
- Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
- Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
- Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.
Laundry
Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation. It should be bagged at the location. If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed. Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.
Exposure
An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.
- Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
- If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
- If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.
The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.
403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
403.4 - Hazardous Chemical DisclosureThe board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.
Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace. When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation. When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees. The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.
Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program.
Administrative regulations regarding this program should be developed.
Legal Reference:
29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B (2013).
347 I.A.C. 120.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace
403.5 - Substance-Free WorkplaceThe board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free. No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of, in the workplace, any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law. "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle, also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.
If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.
The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee. An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. \
The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee. In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.
Administrative regulations to implement this policy should be developed.
Legal Reference:
41 U.S.C. §§ 81 (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8 (2013)
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees
403.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to EmployeesEMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 124.
"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as an employee. This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles. Workplace also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.
The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy.
EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
I, , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy. I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.
_____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________
Signature of Employee Date
403.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation
403.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace RegulationA superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:
- Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy. After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will discuss the problem with the employee.
- Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination.
- Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.
403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program
403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing ProgramEmployees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.
The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing. Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol. Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations. Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district contact person, Transportation Director at the Algona Central Administration Office, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511.
Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline, up to and, including termination.
Administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law shall be developed. The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.
Publication and dissemination will be made of this policy and supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles. The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.
IASB Drug and Alcohol Testing Program (IDATP) Web site: http://www.ia-sb.org/MemberBenefits.aspx?id=304
Legal Reference:
American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration,
51 Fed. 3rd 405 Cir. (4th 1995).
49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq. (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 (2012).
41 U.S.C. §§ 81 (2012).
49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391 (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2012).
Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington,
PERB No. 3876 (3-26-91).
Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
403.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees
403.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to EmployeesEMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.
Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle. The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements. Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district contact person.
EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law. It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using. Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.
403.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form
403.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement FormI, ________________________________, have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of the Algona Community School District and its supporting documents.
I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use.
In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.
Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function. I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.
I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.
__________________________________________________ ________________________
(Signature of Employee) (Date)
404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance
404 - Employee Conduct and AppearanceEmployees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours. The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity. To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.
Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner. Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position. Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste. Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes, which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.
Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.
All district employees are required to maintain confidentiality as it relates to student information.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
282 I.A.C. 13.25, .26.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed:
September 11, 2023
404R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation
404R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics RegulationCHAPTER 25
282—25.1(272) Scope of standards. This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.
282—25.2(272) Definitions. Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:
“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.
“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.
“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.
“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.
“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on an application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.
“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.
“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.
“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.
“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.
“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.
“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.
“Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade
12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.
[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]
282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics. Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:
25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282—25.2(272).
b. Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or
administrative performance.
(1) Disqualifying criminal convictions. The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:
- Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code section 702.11: child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;
- Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code chapter 709, involving a child:
● First-, second- or third-degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;
● Lascivious acts with a child;
● Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;
● Indecent contact with a child;
● Sexual exploitation by a counselor;
● Lascivious conduct with a minor;
● Sexual exploitation by a school employee;
● Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or
● Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;
- Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;
- Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;
- Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;
- Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or
- Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1).Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:
- The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
- The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
- The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
- The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
- The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
- Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.
c. Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioner’s inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.
d. Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code chapter 709 or 18 U.S.C. Section 2252A(a)(5)(B).
e. Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:
- Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;
- Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;
- Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;
- Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;
- Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;
- Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law; or
- Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3)“b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.
25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:
- Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.
- Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.
25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.
b. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.
c. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.
d. Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.
e. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.
25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.
b. Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.
c. Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.
d. Combining public or school-related funds with personal funds.
e. Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.
25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.
A. Violation of this standard includes:
- Signing a written professional employment contract while under contract with another school, school district, or area education agency.
- Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract. An administrator shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the practitioner has been released from the current contract.
- Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.
- As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
- As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
B. In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioner’s control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:
- The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or
- The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:
- The practitioner’s last work day of the school year;
- The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or
- June 30.
25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.
b. Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
c. Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.
d. Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or
disparagement.
e. Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed,
color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
f. Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioner’s personal advantage.
g. Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.
h. Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records,
health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income. Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies
relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.
i. Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.
j. Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.
k. Failing to self-report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires
revocation of the practitioner’s license.
l. Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.
m. Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.
n. Allowing another person to use one’s practitioner license for any purpose.
25.3(7) Standard VII—compliance with state law governing obligations to state or local governments, child support obligations, and board orders. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 8 concerning payment of debts to state or local governments.
b. Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations.
c. Failing to comply with a board order.
25.3(8) Standard VIII—incompetence. Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:
a. Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.
b. Willfully or repeatedly failing to practice with reasonable skill and safety.
404R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation
404R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities RegulationChapter 26
282—26.1 (272) Purpose. The code of professional conduct and ethics in 282—Chapter 25 defines unprofessional and unethical conduct justifying disciplinary sanction. The board acknowledges that the discharge of professional obligations should occur in recognition of certain fundamental rights and responsibilities. Accordingly, the board recognizes the following rights and responsibilities of all educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 and agrees that the exercise of these rights and responsibilities may present mitigating facts and circumstances in the board’s evaluation of allegations of unprofessional or unethical conduct.
282—26.2 (272) Rights. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following rights:
- The educator has a right to be licensed and endorsed under professional standards established and enforced by the board.
- The educator has a right to refuse assignments for which the educator is not legally authorized, in terms of holding a valid Iowa license with the appropriate endorsement(s) or approval(s).
- The educator has a right, subject to board and administrator authority, to exercise professional judgment in the evaluation, selection, and use of teaching methods and instructional materials appropriate to the needs, abilities, and background of each student.
282—26.3 (272) Responsibilities. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following responsibilities:
- The educator has a responsibility to maintain and improve the educator’s professional competence.
- The educator has a responsibility to accept only those assignments for which the educator is legally authorized.
- The educator has a responsibility to provide conditions that are conducive to teaching and student learning.
- The educator shall protect students from conditions harmful to learning or to health or safety.
- The educator shall not, without just cause, restrain a student from independent action in the pursuit of learning and shall not, without just cause, deny a student access to varying points of view.
- The educator shall not use professional relationships with students for personal advantage.
- The educator shall not discriminate against any student on the grounds of race, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
- The educator shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession.
- The educator shall keep in confidence personally identifiable information regarding a student or the student’s family members that has been obtained in the course of professional service, unless disclosure is required by law or is necessary for the personal safety of the student or others.
- The educator who has reasonable basis to believe that a student has been abused, as defined by law, shall make all reports required by law and the Iowa Administrative Code and which are necessary to ensure the safety and well-being of the student.
- In the administration of discipline, the educator shall treat all students with respect and in compliance with all policies of the school district served by the educator.
- The educator shall provide accurate, truthful, and complete information to the board and to the local education system concerning all licensure transactions.
- The educator shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry, when requested by the board.
- The educator shall not require or direct another educator to violate any provisions of the code of professional conduct and ethics or any rights of a student, parent, educator or citizen.
- The educator shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.
405 - Licensed Employees – General
405 - Licensed Employees – General dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:47405.1 - Licensed Employees Defined
405.1 - Licensed Employees DefinedLicensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses. Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent. Job descriptions may be approved by the board.
Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.
Legal Reference:
Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls,
187 Iowa 89, 174 N.W. 47 (1919).
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4
282 I.A.C. 14.
1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: September 11, 2023
405.2 - Licensed Employees Recruitment, Qualifications, Selection
405.2 - Licensed Employees Recruitment, Qualifications, SelectionPersons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment. Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:
- Training, experience, and skill;
- Nature of the occupation;
- Demonstrated competence; and
- Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.
All job openings not filled through internal transfers or program modifications shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on www.iowaworks.gov, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.
The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent. The superintendent, however, will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding qualifications, recruitment and selections of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.
282 I.A.C. 14.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.
Approved:
Reviewed:UNDER REVIEW
405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual ContractsThe board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis. Each contract will be for a period of one year.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval. The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are returned to the superintendent. The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature. After being signed, the contract is filed with the board secretary.
Legal Reference:
Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).
Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: September 11, 2023
405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day
405.5 - Licensed Employee Work DayThe work day for licensed employees will begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent. Licensed employees who are employed only during the academic year will have the same work day as other licensed employees. "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.
Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day. Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.
The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program. These changes are reported to the superintendent.
The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day. Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding work day of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: September 11, 2023
405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment
405.6 - Licensed Employee AssignmentDetermining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board. In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: September 11, 2023
405.8-Licensed Employee Evaluation
405.8-Licensed Employee Evaluation
Policy 405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation |
Status: Adopted 11/13/2023 |
Original Adopted Date: 11/13/2023 | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators. The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.
The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board. The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth. The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file. This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.
Licensed employees will be required to:
- Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
- Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
- Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
- Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
- Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
- Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
- Engage in professional growth.
- Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated. New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.
NOTE: There is no legal requirement that probationary employees be evaluated twice a year, but it is the standard practice. School districts that utilize a different practice need to amend the fourth paragraph to reflect this.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279, 284, 294. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 20.9 |
Collective Bargaining - Scope of Negotiations |
Iowa Code § 279 |
Directors - Powers and Duties |
Iowa Code § 284 |
Teacher Performance, Compensation Development |
Iowa Code § 294 |
Teachers |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
Administration |
281 I.A.C. 83 |
Teacher/Administrator Quality Programs |
Case Law |
Description |
Aplington CSD v. PERB |
392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986) |
Saydel Ed. Assoc. v. PERB |
333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
405.02 |
|
405.09 |
405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status
405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary StatusThe first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district. New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one year probationary period. For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.
Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period. The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed employee. The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation. During this probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.
Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance. Such probationary period is determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the circumstances surrounding the employee's performance as documented in the employee's evaluations and personnel file.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.12-.19B (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: September 11, 2023
Policy 405.08 Licensed Employee Evaluation
Policy 405.08 Licensed Employee Evaluation
Policy 405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation |
Status: FIRST READING |
Original Adopted Date: 11/13/2023 | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators. The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.
The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board. The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth. The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file. This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.
Licensed employees will be required to:
- Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
- Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
- Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
- Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
- Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
- Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
- Engage in professional growth.
- Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated. New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.
NOTE: There is no legal requirement that probationary employees be evaluated twice a year, but it is the standard practice. School districts that utilize a different practice need to amend the fourth paragraph to reflect this.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279, 284, 294. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 20.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 279 |
|
Iowa Code § 284 |
|
Iowa Code § 294 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
281 I.A.C. 83 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Aplington CSD v. PERB |
392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986) |
Saydel Ed. Assoc. v. PERB |
333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
405.02 |
|
405.09 |
407 - Licensed Employee – Termination of Employment
407 - Licensed Employee – Termination of Employment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:01407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation
407.1 - Licensed Employee ResignationA licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract. This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty. Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.
The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
REVIEWED: October 9, 2023
407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release
407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract ReleaseLicensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent. Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board. Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract. The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.
Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement. Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board the cost of advertising or other reasonable administrative costs incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement. Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, and to the extent allowed by law, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary. Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board. Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.
The superintendent is required to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board.
NOTE: School districts may charge employees for costs incurred in finding a replacement. Employees can only be charged costs, not "penalties." The costs cannot be withheld from money owed the employee unless the employee agrees. If costs are not withheld from moneys owed to the employee, the school district must bill the employee. If the employee fails to pay, the school district's only option for reimbursement is to file a claim in small claims court. The school district also has the option of filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners stating the employee has engaged in unprofessional conduct.
Legal Reference: | Iowa Code §§ 91A(1); 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46. |
I.C. Iowa Code | Description |
---|---|
Iowa Code § 216 | Civil RIghts Commission |
Iowa Code § 272 | BoEE |
Iowa Code § 279.13 | Directors - Powers and Duties - Contracts with Teachers |
Iowa Code § 279.19A | Directors - Powers and Duties - Extracurricular Contracts |
Iowa Code § 279.46 | Directors - Powers and Duties-Retirement Incentives |
Iowa Code § 91A.1 | Wage Payment Collection - Short Title |
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed:
October 9, 2023
Revised:
July 10, 2023
407.3 - Early Retirement Policy
407.3 - Early Retirement PolicyLicensed employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement. No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.
Application for retirement will be considered made when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board, the intent of the employee to retire. The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent. Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist. It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.
Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement is final and such action constitutes nonrenewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.
Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.
Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents are allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at their own expense by meeting the requirements of the insurer.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46 (2013).
581 I.A.C. 21.
1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
REVIEWED: October 9, 2023
407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension
407.4 - Licensed Employee SuspensionLicensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law. The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.
In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).
McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979); 402.N.W. 2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987)
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
REVIEWED: October 9, 2023
408 - Licensed Employee – Professional Growth
408 - Licensed Employee – Professional Growth dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:09408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development
408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional DevelopmentThe board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills. The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees. Professional development activities will include activities that promote and/or teach about compliance with applicable Iowa laws.
Date of Review:
November 14, 2022
August 14, 2023
408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Material
408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of MaterialMaterials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment. The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.
Legal Reference:
17 U.S.C. § 101 et al.
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2012).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: November 13, 2023
408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring
408.3 - Licensed Employee TutoringEvery effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor. Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.
Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.
Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed: November 13, 2023
409 - Licensed Employee – Vacations and Leaves of Absence
409 - Licensed Employee – Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:15409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave
409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service LeaveThe board recognizes licensed employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard. If a licensed employee is called on to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.
The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.
Legal Reference:
Bewley v. Villisca Community School District,
299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
Reviewed:
January 8, 2024
410 - Other Licensed Employees
410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:18410.1 - Substitute Teachers
410.1 - Substitute TeachersPersonnel serving on a substitute or temporary basis shall be licensed for the positions they are to fill. Reasonable effort shall be made to fill temporary positions with substitutes who have preparation equivalent to that of the regular contract employee. In the event such persons are not available, the employment of personnel who are properly licensed is authorized on a purely substitute or temporary basis.
Properly licensed substitutes shall be paid a daily rate for their teaching services with the rate to be set by the Board of Directors (Board). Substitutes hired for a long term substitute position (defined as 10 or more days for the same employee) will be paid their per diem from the start until the conclusion of that assignment. The per diem rate will be calculated by dividing the salary value by the total number of contract days for a new teacher in the Annual School Calendar as adopted by the Board.
Substitute teachers will be advised of the current daily rate of pay as well as their per diem pay rate at the beginning of each school year, or upon official approval of an application for substitute teaching.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB,
400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9; Ch.272 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4.
Approved:
Reviewed:
October 11, 2021
410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees
410.2 - Summer School Licensed EmployeesThe Algona Community School District shall offer summer school options in accordance with law and may, in its discretion offer additional programming during the summer recess. Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.
Licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available. If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position. The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; .68; 280.14 (2015).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
411 - Classified Employees – General
411 - Classified Employees – General dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:23411.1 - Classified Employee Defined
411.1 - Classified Employee DefinedClassified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require an Iowa Department of Education teaching license and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis. Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, educational associates, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance. The position may be full-time or part-time.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.
Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.
Teacher associates have a bargaining unit contract with the district. The provisions in the bargaining unit control the provisions with the teacher associates in any place that these policies reference an area within the bargaining unit contract.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, SelectionPersons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment. Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:
- Training, experience, and skill;
- Nature of the occupation;
- Demonstrated competence; and
- Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.
All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on www.iowaschoolspring.com, the online state job posting system. Additional announcement of the position may be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to develop procedures for the hiring of classified personnel. The Superintendent may delegate the recruitment and selection of classified personnel for recommendation to the Board to his/her staff. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants shall be conducted by the district employee who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.
The Board has the authority to officially employ all classified personnel after receiving a recommendation for action from the Superintendent. However, the Superintendent may employ a classified staff member on a temporary basis until a formal recommendation can be made, and formal action can be taken by the Board on the position.
Legal Reference:
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2012)
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012)
Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4(5
Approved:
Reviewed:
October 11, 2021
411.3 - Classified Employee Letter of Assignment
411.3 - Classified Employee Letter of AssignmentAssignments of full-time and part-time classified personnel will be in writing and will state the length of time the assignment is in force, the total compensation or rate of pay for the assignment period, and the schedule for periodic payments.
These assignments will be approved by the Board, signed by the president, signed by the employee, and filed with the school district secretary.
Compensation plans and working conditions for classified employees will be determined by the Board.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing and Certification
411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing and CertificationClassified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current at their own expense. Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law and by the Iowa Department of Education for the position.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding licensing and certifiction of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 285.5(9) (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.12-.24.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment and Transfer
411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment and TransferAssignment of classified staff shall be based upon the qualifications of the employee and the philosophy and needs of the school district.
Changes in assignment may be made at the initiative of the Superintendent of Schools or other supervisory staff members, or at the request of the employee. All changes in assignment shall be made with full knowledge of the employee and approved by the Superintendent.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment and transfer of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation
411.7 - Classified Employee EvaluationEvaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent. The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees is to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board’s standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee’s role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding evaluation of such employees will be followed
Legal Reference:
Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(3).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
412 - Classified Employee – Compensation and Benefits
412 - Classified Employee – Compensation and Benefits dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:32412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation
412.1 - Classified Employee CompensationThe board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding compensation of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation
412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime CompensationEach non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage. Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate. This compensation is in the form of overtime pay or compensatory time. Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent.
Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must complete, sign, and turn in a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked. Failure of the employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.
Legal Reference:
Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority,
469 U.S. 528 (1985).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012).
29 C.F.R. Pt. 511 (2012).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits
412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance BenefitsClassified Employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law. The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.
In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the board will offer classified employees, who are expected to work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred (130) hours per month, based on the measurement adopted by the board, with minimum essential coverage that is both affordable and provides minimum value. The board will utilize the applicable measurement period to determine whether variable hourly employees qualify for an offer of insurance coverage under the district's group plan. The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its classified employees.
Classified employees who work thirty (30) hours per week are eligible to participate in the group health plan. Full-time classified employees who wish to purchase coverage for their spouse or dependents may do so by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan. Employers should maintain documents regarding eligible employees acceptance and rejection of coverage.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in certified collective bargaining units and the board regarding group insurance benefits of such employees will be followed.
Classified employees and their spouse and dependents may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program if they cease employment with the school district by meaning the requirement of the insurer.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa) 20.9; 85; 85B, 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B
(2013) Internal Revenue Code 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg.
54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg.
217, (Jan. 2, 2013).
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg.
8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).
Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs
412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter ProgramsThe board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program chosen by the board and collective bargaining units.
Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding tax shelter programs of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2013).
1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
413 - Classified Employee - Termination of Employment
413 - Classified Employee - Termination of Employment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:39413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation
413.1 - Classified Employee ResignationResignations shall be in writing signed by the resigning party, directed to the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) and referred to the Board of Directors with a recommendation. The Superintendent must receive the written resignation at least two weeks in advance of the date the employee plans to terminate employment.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding resignation of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension
413.3 - Classified Employee SuspensionClassified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law. The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.
In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).
McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal
413.4 - Classified Employee DismissalThe board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law.
The Superintendent of Schools or a designee has the authority to suspend the services of any classified employee. At the next meeting of the Board of Directors (Board), action shall be taken by the Board as to whether or not the employee shall be reinstated or dismissed. A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law. The employee shall have the right to request a hearing before the Board.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force
413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in ForceIt is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary. Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will be given thirty days notice. Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board. The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding reduction in force of such employees will be followed.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414 - Classified Employee - Vacations and Leaves of Absence
414 - Classified Employee - Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:46414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations and Holidays
414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations and HolidaysClassified personnel who are scheduled to work 52 weeks per year and at least 20 hours per week if they were hired prior to July 1, 2009 and at least 30 hours per week if they were hired after July 1, 2009 are entitled to a one-week vacation plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after one year, two weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after two consecutive years, three weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after ten years, and four weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after twenty years of consecutive employment with the District.
Vacation benefits start on the first anniversary date of employment. Vacation time may not accrue from one year to the next.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave
414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness LeaveClassified employees are granted 12 days of sick leave in their first year of employment. Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the employees up to a maximum of fifteen days. "Day" is defined as one workday regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee. A new employee will report for work at least one full workday prior to receiving sick leave benefits. A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each fiscal year. Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 100 days for classified employees.
Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee including, but not limited to, confirmation of the following: the employee's illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the employee's position. It is within the discretion of the board and the superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary. When an illness leave will be greater than three consecutive days, the employee will comply with board policy regarding family and medical leave.
If an employee is eligible to receive workers' compensation benefits, the employee will contact the board secretary to implement these benefits.
Legal Reference:
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012)
29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 279.40 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave
414.3 - Employee Family and Medical LeaveUnpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life. For purposes of this policy, year is defined as July 1 to June 30. Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent.
Legal Reference:
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61,
4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012)
29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave
414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement LeaveIn the event of a death of a member of a classified employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted. Bereavement leave granted may be for a maximum of 5 days, with "day" being defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee, per occurrence, for the death of a member of the immediate family as defined in master contract and handbooks.
A maximum of one day of bereavement leave per year will be granted for the death of a close friend or other relative not listed above.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine the number of bereavement leave days to be granted.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).
Cross Reference:
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave
414.5 - Classified Employee Political LeaveThe board will provide a leave of absence to classified employees to run for elective public office. The superintendent will grant a classified employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.
The classified employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence any time within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.
The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code ch. 55 (2013).
Cross Reference:
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave
414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty LeaveThe board will allow classified employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist. The superintendent has the discretion to determine when extraordinary circumstances exist.
Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district. The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours.
Classified employees will receive their regular salary. Any payment for jury duty is turned over to the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave
414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service LeaveThe board recognizes classified employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard. If a classified employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.
The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.
Legal Reference:
Bewley v. Villisca Community School District,
299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).
Approved:
October 11, 2021
414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave
414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid LeaveUnpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies. Unpaid leave for classified employees must be authorized by the superintendent. Whenever possible, classified employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave. If the leave is granted, the deductions in salary are made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.
The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave. In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.
If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period is coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).
Cross Reference:
Approved:
October 11, 2021
500 - STUDENTS
500 - STUDENTS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for StudentsStudent Rights and Responsibilities
Each student has the opportunity and the right to use school as a means for self-improvement and individual growth. In so doing, he or she is expected to conduct his or her affairs in such a way as to allow other students the same opportunities without serving to restrict or otherwise inhibit their individual and collective rights.
Of equal importance is the right of school authorities to prescribe and control--consistent with fundamental and constitutional safeguards--student conduct in the schools.
In exercising this right, each building principal, working with their staff and with the students, will attempt to achieve the objectives and follow the procedures set forth by Board policies and administrative regulations pertaining to the various aspects of student rights, student conduct, and student discipline.
Objectives to be Achieved
The primary objective is the proper recognition and preservation of a student's constitutional rights and allowance for such rights:
-- Freedom of Expression - Students may freely express their points of view provided they do not seek to coerce others to join in their mode of expression and provided also that they do not otherwise intrude upon the rights of others during school hours.
-- Personal Appearance - Restrictions on a student's hair style or his manner of dress will be determined where there is a "clear and present danger to the student's health and safety, causes an interference with work, or creates classroom or school disorder" as a result of such hair style or manner of dress. Participation in voluntary activities may necessitate specific requirements for approved grooming and dress due to the nature of the activity.
-- The Right to Petition - Students are allowed to present petitions to the administration at any time. Collecting of signatures on petitions is limited to before and after school hours. No student will be subjected to disciplinary measures of any nature for signing a petition addressed to the administration--assuming that the petition is free of obscenities, libelous statements, personal attack, advocation of disruption which poses a probable threat of disruption to the regular school program, and is within the bounds of reasonable conduct.
-- Student Due Process Rights - Students are to have clearly established means by which "administrative due process" is available to see that the individual's rights are protected. Students are to be involved, singly and collectively, as citizens of the school with the attendant rights of such citizenship and corresponding responsibilities for the proper conduct of their own affairs and those of other students.
Legal Reference:
(Code of Iowa)
Constitution of Iowa, Art. I, Sec. 9
Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022
500.1 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
500.1 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for StudentsThis series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education. Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.
It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district. Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth. In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.
The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, marital status, national origin, creed, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.
In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return. Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and will assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so. Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.
Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.
Board policy refers to the term "parents" in many of the policies. The term parents for purposes of this policy manual means the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student, and students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Algona Community School District, Algona, Iowa 50511; or by telephoning 515-295-3528.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison St., Ste. 1475, Chicago, IL, (312) 730-1560,
http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA. (515) 281-5294. This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.
Approved:
Reviewed:
January 10, 2022
501 - Student Attendance
501 - Student Attendance dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:05501.1 - Resident Students
501.1 - Resident StudentsChildren who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.
The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student. Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents. A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education. Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.
Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.
Legal Reference:
Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2013).
1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.
1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.
Approved:
Reviewed:
January 10, 2022
501.2 - NonResident Students
501.2 - NonResident StudentsStudents who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition. The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.
Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in their former resident school district will be permitted to attend. Students who plan to open enroll to their former resident district for the next school year may do so without approval of the board.
Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition. These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.
Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.
NOTE: This policy reflects current Iowa law. Iowa's open enrollment law has not eliminated the need for this policy. This policy affects nonresident students who do not qualify for open enrollment.
Legal Reference: | Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983). Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924). Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981). Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, 11, .24. |
Approved:
Reviewed:
January 10, 2022
July 10, 2023
Revised:
July 10, 2023
501.3 - Compulsory Attendance
501.3 - Compulsory Attendance
Policy 501.03: Compulsory Attendance |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022| Last Revised Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board. Students will attend school the number of days or hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar. Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 1080 hours. Students not attending the minimum days or hours must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney. Exceptions to this policy include children who:
- have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
- are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
- are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
- are unable to attend school due to legitimate medical reasons;
- has an individualized education program that affects the child’s attendance;
- has a plan under Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §794, that affects the child’s attendance;
- are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
- are attending an accredited nonpublic school;
- are receiving independent private instruction; or,
- are receiving competent private instruction.
It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.
Note: This is a mandatory policy. The compulsory attendance law does not require school districts to have a truancy officer.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 259A; 279.10-.11; 299; 299A. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 259A |
|
Iowa Code § 279 |
|
Iowa Code § 299 |
|
Iowa Code § 299A |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
601.01 |
|
604.01 |
501.4 - Entrance Admissions
501.4 - Entrance AdmissionsChildren in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five. The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program. The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.
The board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.
Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate. Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .6 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.
Approved:
Reviewed:
January 08, 2024
501.6 - Student Transfers In
501.6 - Student Transfers Inl
Policy 501.06: Student Transfers In |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024 |
|
Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.
The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district. If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination. The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level. Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.
The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred. If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.
The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.
NOTE: School districts do not need parental permission to request student records from previous school districts. The school district sending the records must notify the parents that the student's records have been sent.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. § 1232g. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 139A.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.3 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 299A |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. § 1232g |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
501.15 |
Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District |
505.03 |
|
604.01 |
|
604.10 |
|
604.11 |
501.6R1 - Nonaccredited School Transfers Regulation
501.6R1 - Nonaccredited School Transfers RegulationDetermination of Credit/Grades – High School Level
A transfer student from a nonaccredited setting who is a resident of the Algona Community School District must attain forty four (44) credits for graduation from Algona High School. These credits may be earned prior to graduation either through credits from credit equivalency in a nonaccredited setting, an accredited school or attendance in the Algona High School program. The minimum number of credits from an accredited school must be eleven (11). These credits may be a combination of credits from the other accredited school or from Algona High School. Furthermore, a minimum of six (6) high school credits must be obtained as a resident student of Algona with the student in attendance at either the Algona traditional high school or alternative program.
Credit Equivalency
Credits for work completed in a nonaccredited setting may be awarded based on a substantial academic portfolio of work samples completed by the student and submitted for administrative review. In addition, the student may be required at the discretion of the Superintendent of Schools or designee to demonstrate content competency through performance testing (either norm or criterion reference tests). Grades for such course work will be recorded on the student transcript as either a pass or fail grade.
Grade Point Average and Class Rank
Only course work completed through an accredited school program will be used to establish a transferring student’s official grade point average. Additionally, the transferring student must earn a minimum of eleven (11) credits at Algona High School in order to be “ranked” as a member of the graduating class.
Honors and Awards
To qualify for district or school honors and/or awards including consideration for local scholarship awards, a transfer student must attend for a minimum of two (2) semesters.
Legal Reference:
Chapter 299A.8
Date of Adoption:
February 9, 1998
Reviewed:
February 12, 2024 UNDER REVIEW
501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
Policy 501.07: Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024 |
|
If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program. The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc.
The notice should state the student's final day of attendance. If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.
If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing. This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent. If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent. The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.
If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.
NOTE: The third paragraph is a reflection of federal law regarding the forwarding of student records.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. § 1232g. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 274.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 299.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 299.1A |
|
Iowa Code § 299A.11 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. § 1232g |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
501.15 |
Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District |
604.01 |
501.8 - Student Attendance Records
501.8 - Student Attendance Records
Policy 501.08: Student Attendance Records |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024 |
|
As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.
It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 294.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 299 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
501.09(R) Chronic Absteeism & Truancy
501.09(R) Chronic Absteeism & Truancy501.09 (R1)
CHRONIC ABSENTEEISM AND TRUANCY REGULATION
Daily, punctual attendance is an integral part of the learning experience. The education that goes on in the classroom builds from day to day and absences can cause disruption in the educational progress of the absent student. Irregular attendance of tardiness by students not only limits their own studies, but also interferes with the progress of those students who are regular and prompt in attendance. Attendance is a shared responsibility that requires cooperation and communication among students, parents and the school.
Section I addresses legal requirements relates to chronic absenteeism and truancy. It is important for students to recognize that chronic absenteeism and truancy impacts all these facets of their educational experience.
SECTION I – Legal Requirements
Chronic Absenteeism
When a student meets the threshold to be considered chronically absent, the school official will send notice by mail or email to the county attorney where the district’s central officeis located. The school official will also notify the student, or if a minor the student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian via certified mail that includes information related to the student’s absences from school and the policies and disciplinary processes associated with additional absences.
School officials will send notice when the student’s absences meet the threshold, but before the student is deemed truant.
School Engagement Meeting
If a student is absent from school for at least fifteen percent of the days in the grading period, the school official will attempt to find the cause of the absences and start and participate in a school engagement meeting. All of the following individuals must participate in the school engagement meeting:
-
The student;
-
The student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian if the student is an unemancipated minor; and
-
A School official.
The purpose of the meeting is to understand the reasons for the student’s absences and attempt to remove barriers to the student’s ongoing absences; and to create and sign an absenteeism prevention plan.
Absenteeism Prevention Plan
The absenteeism prevention plan will identify the causes of the student’s absences and the future responsibilities of each participant. The school official will contact the student and student’s parent/guardian at least once per week for the remainder of the school year to monitor the performance of the student and student’s parent/guardian under the plan. If the student and student’s parent/guardian do not attend the meeting, do not enter into a plan or violate the terms of the plan, the school official will notify the county attorney,
501.9 Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy
501.9 Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy
Policy 501.09: Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
The district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students. Students who are present in school and engaged active learners take greater ownership over their educational outcomes. For this reason, it is the priority of the district to foster regular student attendance throughout the school year and reduce barriers to regular attendance for students in the district.
Chronic absenteeism/absences means any absence from school for more than ten percent of the days in the semester or grading period established by the district.
Truant/truancy means a child of compulsory attendance age who is absent from school for any reason for at least twenty percent of the days in the semester Truancy does not apply to the following students who:
- have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or has obtained a high school equivalency diploma
- are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
- are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
- are unable to attend school due to legitimate medical reasons;
- have an individualized education program than affects the student's attendance;
- have a plan under section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §794, that affects the child's attendance;
- are attending a private college preparatory school accredited or probationally accredited;
- are excused under Iowa Code §299.22; and
- are exempt under Iowa Code §299.24.
Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to in-school suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the designated school officials, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. The administrative regulations will indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.
This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: |
34 C.F.R. sec. 300 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 294.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 299 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
28 C.F.R. 35 |
|
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 |
501.13 - Students of Legal Age
501.13 - Students of Legal AgeIASB Policy Reference Manual
Policy 501.13: Students of Legal Age |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 03/11/2024 |
LAST REVISED DATE: |
Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.
Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes. In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. § 1232g |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 22 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.2 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.6 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.7 |
|
Iowa Code § 285.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 599.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 622.10 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. § 1232g |
501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district. As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district. Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district i no later than March 1 in the school year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment. The notice is made on forms provided by the Iowa Department of Education. The forms are available at the central administration office. Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline. Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district’s basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1. Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request by September1 unless another deadline applies. The receiving district will approve or deny open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law. The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year . The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. Subject to applicable laws, the board may approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation. An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs. The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests. NOTE: This policy reflects Iowa's open enrollment law. The option addresses the issue of transportation of open enrolled students. The board needs to establish by policy whether it will or will not allow a receiving district to enter the district to pick up open enrolled students. This option is on the bottom of the first page of this policy. For more detailed discussion of this issue, see IASB's Policy Primer, June 24, 2005.
Cross References
|
501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
Policy 501.15: Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/1989 | Last Revised Date: 8/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 8/12/2024 |
|
The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district. As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district. The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.
The board will take action on the open enrollment request at the next regular board meeting.
The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.
Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists. Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled. Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met. The district reserves the right to deny continued open enrollment to any students who meet the definition of truant. The district will notify the truant student’s parent or guardian and district of residence of the decision to deny enrollment in the future in accordance with applicable laws.
Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority. The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts. Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.
Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, in accordance with applicable law.
Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the (board or superintendent) are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement.
An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed. The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made. For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.
The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.
NOTE: This policy reflects Iowa's open enrollment law. The board needs to determine whether it will delegate authority to the superintendent to approve timely filed open enrollment requests. This option is the first set of options on page one of the policy. There are three options available to the board:
• board retains all approval authority over timely filed requests.
• board delegates all approval authority over timely filed requests.
• board delegates only some approval authority over timely filed requests.
After the board makes its decision, the policy needs to be edited to reflect the board's decision.
The second option on page two addresses the issue of transportation of the receiving district to pick up open enrolled students. The board needs to establish by policy whether it will go into the sending district to pick up open enrolled students.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 139A.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 274.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.18 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.3 |
|
Iowa Code § 299.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.8 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 17 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
501.06 |
|
501.07 |
|
501.14 |
Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District |
606.06 |
501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth
501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth
Policy 501.16: Homeless Children and Youth |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date 6/9/2003 | Last Revised Date: 03/11/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 03/11/2024 |
|
The Algona Community School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth.
The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes:
- Children and youth who are:
- Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”);
- Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
- Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
- Abandoned in hospitals.
- Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
- Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
- Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above.
To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:
- Designate the Homeless Coordinator as the local homeless children and youth liaison;
- Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth;
- Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth;
- Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers;
- Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements;
- Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests;
- Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation;
- Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and
- Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district.
The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.
NOTE: The United States Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Education have additional information about implementation of the policy. For additional information, please visit:
• The “Education Department Releases Guidance on Homeless Children and Youth” section of the United States Department of Education’s website, located at: http://www.ed.gov/news/press-releases/education-department-releases-guidance-homeless-children-and-youth.
The “Homeless Education” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website, located at: https://www.educateiowa.gov/pk-12/title-programs/title-x-part-c-homeless-education
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. § 6301. |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 33 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. § 6301 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 11302 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 11431 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
503.03 |
|
503.03-R(1) |
Fines - Fees - Charges - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures |
503.03-E(1) |
|
507.01 |
|
603.03 |
|
711.01 |
502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities
502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:27502.1 - Student Appearance
502.1 - Student AppearanceThe board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.
Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment. The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.
The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion. Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed. While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated. When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference:
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
Bethal School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022
502.2 - Care of School Property – Vandalism
502.2 - Care of School Property – Vandalism
Policy 502.02: Care of School Property/Vandalism |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 04/08/2024 |
|
Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property. Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district. They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations. They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.5 |
|
Iowa Code § 613.16 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
802.01 |
502.3 - Student Expression and Student Publications
502.3 - Student Expression and Student PublicationsIt is the goal of the district to protect the educational environment for all students to help ensure it is free from substantial disruption or infringement upon their rights. Student expression should be appropriate to help ensure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.
While students will generally be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions, in certain qualifying circumstances, student speech may require administrative regulation to help ensure the safety and welfare of the school community. The district may regulate speech that: causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause a material and substantial disruption to the education environment; infringes upon the rights of others; is obscene or lewd; is school sponsored; and/or promotes illegal activity. The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose. The expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.
The superintendent may develop procedures for safely addressing qualifying types of mass protests by students, including walk-ins and walk-outs. Walk-ins occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs. Walk-outs occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups off district property with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.
The superintendent is encouraged to obtain feedback from community stakeholders in the development of these procedures. The goal of the procedures shall be to address student safety, maintain the education environment and promote communication during demonstrations while remaining viewpoint neutral.
Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures. Employees are responsible for helping to ensure students' expression is in keeping with this policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Student Publications
Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal. Official school publications include material produced in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.
Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are
not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.
Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law. A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.
Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 213.1. Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.4.
The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code. This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions. The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.
NOTE: This policy represents the current status of students' first amendment rights. This is a mandatory policy and accompanying regulation required by Iowa Code ch. 279.73. Schools are urged to handle all protests through a strictly viewpoint neutral lens. Districts should consider the need to balance opposing views. If one social issue is permitted, other opposing viewpoints should also be permitted.
Legal Reference:
U.S. Const. amend. I.
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2013).
Approved:
August 9, 2021
Date of Review:
April 8, 2024
502.3R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code
502.3R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications CodeA. Student Expression defined: Student Expression is speech, action or other forms of expression which convey a student's beliefs, views or opinions.
B. Official school publications defined: An "official school publication" is material produced by students in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.
C. Limitations to Student Expression
- No student will express, publish or distribute publication material which is:
- obscene;
- libelous;
- slanderous; or
- encourages students to:
- commit unlawful acts;
- violate lawful school regulations
- cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;
- disrupt or interfere with the education program;
- interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
- infringe on the rights of others.
D. Responsibilities of students for official school publications.
- Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.
- Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.
- Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.
E. Responsibilities of faculty advisors for official school publications.
Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor. Faculty advisors to students producing official school publications shall supervise the production of the student staff in order to maintain professional standards of English journalism. District employees acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not suffer adverse employment action or retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in authorized student expression or for refusing to infringe on protected student expression.
F. District employee rights
Any District employee or official, acting within the scope of that person’s professional ethics, if any, shall not be dismissed, suspended, disciplined, reassigned, transferred, subject to termination or non-renewal of a teaching contract or extracurricular contract, or otherwise retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in expression protected by law, or refusing to infringe upon student expression that is protected by law.
G. Liability
Student expression, including student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.
H. Appeal procedure
- Students who believe they have been unreasonable restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.4.
- Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 213.1.
I. Time, place and manner of restrictions on student expression.
- Student expression may be conveyed and official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.
- Student expression and distribution of official school publications in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:
- commit unlawful acts;
- violate school rules
- cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;
- disrupt or interfere with the education program;
- interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
- infringe on the rights of others.
Approved:
August 9, 2021
Date of Review:
April 8, 2024
502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances
502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances
Policy 502.04: Student Complaints and Grievances |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 04/08/2024 | Last Revised Date: |
Creating an environment where students feel comfortable addressing their concerns in a meaningful manner is vital to the learning process. It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level. Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations, or other matters should first be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.
If the complaint cannot be resolved by a student’s teacher or other licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within 10 days of the employee's decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within 10 days after speaking with the principal.
If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy. The board retains discretion as to whether to consider or take action on any complaint.
NOTE: There should be reasonable limits on the number of days a student has to pursue a complaint. Cross reference with the number of days listed in policy 401.4 for consistency.
Legal Reference: | Iowa Code § 279.8 |
I.C. Iowa Code | Description |
---|---|
Iowa Code § 279.8 | Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees |
Cross References
Code | Description |
---|---|
210.08 | Board Meeting Agenda |
210.08-EH(1) | Board Meeting Agenda - Example |
210.08-EH(2) | Board Meeting Agenda - Example (with closed session) |
213 | Public Participation in Board Meetings |
502.5 - Student Lockers
502.5 - Student Lockers
Policy 502.05: Student Lockers |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: Last Reviewed Date:04/08/2024 | Last Revised Date: |
Student lockers are the property of the school district. Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school. It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.
To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers. Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers. Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.
NOTE: Iowa law requires students or another individual to be present during the inspection of lockers. For locker searches, see Policy 502.8, Search and Seizure.
Legal Reference: | Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A. |
I.C. Iowa Code | Description |
---|---|
Iowa Code § 279.8 | Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees |
Iowa Code § 280.14 | Uniform School Requirements - Administrators |
Iowa Code § 808A | Student Searches |
Cross References
Code | Description |
---|---|
802.01 | Maintenance Schedule |
502.6 - Weapons
502.6 - Weapons
Policy 502.06: Weapons |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 10/10/1994 | Last Revised Date: 05/13/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 05/13/2024 |
|
The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.
School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes. Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.
Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident. Possession or confiscation of weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.
Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year. The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis. For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.
Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals specifically authorized by the board are exempt from this policy. Students and individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent who are actively engaging in a school district approved firearms safety course, hunter education course or shooting sports activity are exempt from this policy. The superintendent will develop an administrative process or procedures to implement the policy and communicate with law enforcement relevant exemptions to this policy as appropriate.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.
NOTE: The board may specifically authorize individuals to be armed with, carry, or transport a firearm on school grounds under limited circumstances outlined in law. Reasons for this authorization may include, conducting instructional programs regarding firearms or for conducting an Iowa Department of Natural Resources approved hunter education course or shooting sports activities course on school property.
Legal Reference: |
18 U.S.C. § 921 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.21B |
|
Iowa Code § 483A.27 |
|
Iowa Code § 724 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
18 U.S.C. § 921 |
502.7 - Student Substance Abuse
502.7 - Student Substance Abuse
Policy 502.07: Student Substance Use |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date: 2/12/2024| Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024 |
|
PLEASE NOTE: This policy title has been updated
The board believes it is imperative to promote the health and well-being of all students in the district. The district will provide a substance use prevention program and set restrictions on substance use by students in accordance with applicable law.
The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of alcohol, tobacco/nicotine products, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco/nicotine products, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. "Controlled substances" in this policy refers to the misuse of both licit and illicit drugs.
The board believes such illegal, unauthorized, or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.
Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion. Use, purchase or being in possession of tobacco/nicotine products for those under the age of twenty-one, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities. Possession, use or being under the influence of alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.
Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance use assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board. If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.
The board believes the substance use prevention program will include:
- Age-appropriate, evidence-based substance use prevention curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug, and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting social pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol.
- A statement to students that the use of controlled substances and the unlawful possession and use of tobacco/nicotine products and alcohol is harmful to student well-being.
- Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of controlled substances, tobacco/nicotine products and/or alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities.
- A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions.
- A statement that students may be required to complete a substance use evaluation to determine whether substance use disorder treatment is recommended and, if recommended, successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program.
- Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students.
- A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and,
- Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
NOTE: This policy is mandatory and complies with the federal Drug-Free Schools Act but is expanded to also include tobacco products. This policy reflects Iowa law regarding tobacco products and minors.
Legal Reference: |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 123.46 |
|
Iowa Code § 124 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 453A |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
281 I.A.C. 5 |
|
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 |
502.8 - Search and Seizure
502.8 - Search and Seizure
Policy 502.08: Search and Seizure |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 05/13/2024 | Last Revised Date: |
|
School district property is held in public trust by the board. School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated. The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities. The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.
School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search. Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco/nicotine, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property. Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. The board believes that illegal, unauthorized, or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
NOTE: This policy reflects the law regarding school district authority for searching students, their possessions, and their lockers. Substantive changes were made to 502.08R1.
Legal Reference: |
U.S. Const. amend. IV. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 808A |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
469 U.S. 325 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Cason v. Cook |
810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987). |
New Jersey v. T.L.O. |
469 U.S. 325 (1985) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
905.02 |
502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Checklist
502.8E1 - Search and Seizure ChecklistSee form attached
502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation
502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation
Regulation 502.08-R(1): Search and Seizure - Regulation |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 05/13/2024 | Last Revised Date: |
|
I. Searches, in general.
- Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion: A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.
Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:
- eyewitness observations by employees;
- information received from reliable sources;
- suspicious behavior by the student; or,
- the student's past history and school record. although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.
- Reasonable Scope: A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search. Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:
- the age of the student;
- the sex of the student;
- the nature of the infraction; and
- the emergency requiring the search without delay.
II. Types of Searches
- Personal Searches
- A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.
- Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.
- Pat-Down Search: If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.
- A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened. Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.
- Pat-Down Search: If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.
- Locker and Desk Inspections
Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times. The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained. For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk. Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual. Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.
The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule. Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.
- Automobile Searches
Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right. The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots. The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 808A |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
469 U.S. 325 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Cason v. Cook |
810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987). |
New Jersey v. T.L.O. |
469 U.S. 325 (1985) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
905.02 |
502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies
502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies
Policy 502.09: Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 05/13/2024 | Last Revised Date: |
|
Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.
Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal's office. Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted. Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.
If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.
Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.
NOTE: Iowa law does not address access to students by law enforcement authorities or other officials. This policy reflects the generally accepted practice of school districts.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 232; 280.17. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 232 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.17 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 102 |
Abuse of Students by School Employees Investigation Procedures |
441 I.A.C. 155 |
|
441 I.A.C. 175 |
|
441.I.A.C. 9.2 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
402.02 |
|
502.10 |
|
902.02 |
502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles
502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles
Policy 502.10: Use of Motor Vehicles |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 05/13/2024 | Last Revised Date: |
|
The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center. Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.
Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center or at either their attendance center or a shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities. Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal. Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center. Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal.
Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, with administrative approval.
Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal. Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.
NOTE: This policy is not mandatory. The underlined language, however, needs to be in board policy with the board adding its own criteria.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 321 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
502.09 |
503 - Student Discipline
503 - Student Discipline dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:06503.01 - Student Conduct
503.01 - Student Conduct
Policy 503.01: Student Conduct |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Revised Date: 01/12/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 12/11/2023 |
|
The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises. Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.
Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.
Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere. Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.
Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.
Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.
In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.
Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.
Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded. The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty. Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.
Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.
This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students.
Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and outlines the school district's basic student conduct. Details of how this policy will be implemented should be included in the student handbook.
Legal Reference: |
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975). |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.3 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.5 |
|
Iowa Code § 708.1 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
419 U.S. 565 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Brands v. Sheldon CSD |
671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987) |
Bunger v. Iowa HS Athletic Assoc. |
197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972) |
Goss v. Lopez |
419 U.S. 565 (1975) |
Sims v. Colfax CSD |
307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970) |
Waterloo ISD Board v. Green |
259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967). |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
603.03 |
|
903.05 |
|
903.05-R(1) |
503.01-R(1): Student Conduct - Regulation
503.01-R(1): Student Conduct - Regulation
Regulation 503.01-R(1): Student Conduct - Regulation |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 12/11/2023 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
Administrative Action
- Probation
- Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time. Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
- The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond. Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.
- In-School Suspension
- In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules, which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
- The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond. In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days. Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.
- Out-of-School Suspension
- Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.
- A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school. The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:
- Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student, and
- The opportunity to respond to those charges.
At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.
-
- Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent. A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact. Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.
- Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent. A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact. Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.
- Suspensions and Special Education Students
- Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP). The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.
- Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.3 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.5 |
|
Iowa Code § 708.1 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
419 U.S. 565 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Brands v. Sheldon CSD |
671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987) |
Bunger v. Iowa HS Athletic Assoc. |
197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972) |
Goss v. Lopez |
419 U.S. 565 (1975) |
Sims v. Colfax CSD |
307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970) |
Waterloo ISD Board v. Green |
259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967). |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
603.03 |
|
903.05 |
|
903.05-R(1) |
503.02 - Expulsion
503.02 - Expulsion
Policy 503.02: Expulsion |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 03/10/2022 | Last Revised Date: 01/08/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024 |
|
Only the board may remove a student from the school environment for more than ten (10) consecutive school days..
Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law. It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes. Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student. The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.
When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:
- Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;
- The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;
- An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;
- The right to be represented by counsel; and
- The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.
In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures. A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct. A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement. Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.
If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures. If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and is a reflection of Iowa law regarding student expulsion. It is consistent with the due process requirements of the 14th amendment to the U.S. Constitution. The last two paragraphs reflect federal special education law.
Legal Reference: |
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975). |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 21.5 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.3 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.4 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.5 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
419 U.S. 565 |
|
420 U.S. 308 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Goss v. Lopez |
419 U.S. 565 (1975) |
SE Warren CSD v. Dept. of Public Instruction |
285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979) |
Wood v. Strickland |
420 U.S. 308 (1975). |
503.03 - Fines - Fees – Charges
503.03 - Fines - Fees – Charges
Policy 503.03: Fines - Fees - Charges |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 09/16/1996 | Last Reviewed Date: 06/10/2024 |
|
The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others. Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.
The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually. Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent. It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 256.7 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.10 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 282.6 |
|
Iowa Code § 285.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 301.1 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 18.2 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
501.16 |
503.3E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application
503.3E1 - Standard Fee Waiver ApplicationSee form attached.
503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures
503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction ProceduresThe Board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees. The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers, or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the financial criteria.
A. Waivers
- Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, , or transportation assistance under open enrollment. Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.
- Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program. A partial waiver shall be based on the same percentage as the reduced price meals.
- Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial difficulty. Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and shall not exceed beyond the end of the school year.
B. Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver shall make an application on the form provided by the school district. Applications may be made at any
time but must be renewed annually.
C. Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record, and student confidentiality and access
provisions will be followed.
D. Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the Board of Education.
E. Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.
F. Notice - The school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver. Information will be included in registration materials and printed in staff and
student handbooks.
Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived. Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees. Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact Central Administration for a waiver form. This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.
503.04 - Good Conduct Rule
503.04 - Good Conduct Rule503.4 - Good Conduct Rule
Participation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.
Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school. Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.
Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. The principal will keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities. Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.
Legal Reference:
Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn.,
197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).
Approved:
February 14, 1994
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022
July 8, 2024
503.05 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint
503.05 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint
Policy 503.05: Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 02/14/1994 | Last Reviewed Date: 07/08/2024 |
|
The use of corporal punishment, mechanical restraint and/or prone restraint is prohibited in all schools. Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student. It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain. No employee is prohibited from any of the following which are not considered corporal punishment:
- Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:
- To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.
- To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object(s) within a student's control.
- For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.03.
- For the protection of property as provided for in IOWA CODE section 704.04 or 704.05.
- To remove a disruptive student from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.
- To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
- To protect the safety of others.
- Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.
Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student’s freedom of movement. Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.
Prone restraint means any restraint in which the student is held face down on the floor.
Reasonable force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation. The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:
- The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;
- The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;
- The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;
- The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any, including mental and psychological injury;
- The motivation of the school employee using physical force.
Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: |
Ingraham v.Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977). |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.21 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 103 |
|
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
419 U.S. 565 |
|
430 U.S. 651 (1977) |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Goss v. Lopez |
419 U.S. 565 (1975) |
Ingraham v. Wright |
430 U.S. 651 (1977) |
Tinkham v. Kole |
252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
402.03 |
|
503.06 |
|
503.06-R(1) |
|
503.06-E(1) |
Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students - Documentation Form |
503.06-E(2) |
|
503.06-E(3) |
Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students - Debriefing Meeting Document |
503.06 Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students
503.06 Physical Restraint and Seclusion of StudentsIt is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for onesefl and others. On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students. The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community. With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.
Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student's arms, legs, body or head freely. Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed. Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact.
Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion. Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction.
Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:
- To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
- To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant non-monetary value or importance; or
- When the student's actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
- When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
- When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.
Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law. Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could required the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic.
When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent's designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law.
Legal Reference:
Ingraham v.Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103.
Cross Reference:
402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees
502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
503 Student Discipline
503.6 Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students
Adopted:
January 10, 2022
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022
July 8, 2024
503.07 Student Disclosure of Identity
503.07 Student Disclosure of IdentityIt is the goal of the district to provide a safe and supportive educational environment in which all students may learn. As part of creating that safe educational environment, no employee of the district will provide false or misleading information to the parent/guardian of a student regarding that student’s gender identity or intention to transition to a gender that is different from their birth certificate or certificate issued upon adoption.
If a student makes a request to a licensed employee to accommodate a gender identity, name, or pronoun that is different than what was assigned to the student in the student’s registration forms or records, the licensed employee is required by Iowa law to report the request to an administrator. The school administrator receiving the report is required by Iowa law to report the request to the student’s parent/guardian. This requirement also applies to all nicknames.
To maintain compliance with Iowa law and also provide efficiency in the reporting requirements listed above, the Superintendent will provide the opportunity for parents and guardians to list in the student’s registration paperwork any and all nicknames used for students.
Adopted: August 14, 2023
Reviewed:
Revised:
503.07E1: Report Student Disclosure Identity
503.07E1: Report Student Disclosure IdentityREPORT OF STUDENT DISCLOSURE OF IDENTITY
Dear (Parent/Guardian) _________________,
This letter is to inform you that your student (student’s name listed on registration) ________________
has made a request of a licensed employee to
(check all that apply):
______ make an accommodation that is intended to affirm the student’s gender identity as follows
:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
______use a name, pronoun or gender identity that is different from the name, pronoun and/or gender
identity listed on the student’s school registration forms. The name, pronoun, or gender identity
requested is ______________________________________________________________________
.
If you would like to amend the student’s registration paperwork to permit the student’s requested
accommodation and/or include the use of the above referenced name/pronoun/gender identity, please
complete the attached form and return it to the district administration office.
Sincerely,
____________________________________________
Administrator
Date
ADOPTED: August 14, 2023
REVIEWED:
REVISED:
503.07E2 Request to Update Student Identity
503.07E2 Request to Update Student Identity
REQUEST TO UPDATE STUDENT IDENTITY
_______________________________________________________________
(Student’s current name on registration)
(Student ID) _________________________
Please update my student’s names, pronouns, and/or gender identities on my student’s registration
paperwork to include all of the following:
__________________________________________________________________________________
(Names)
__________________________________________________________________________________
(Pronouns)
__________________________________________________________________________________
(Gender identities)
__________________Parent/Guardian Date
Approved: August 14, 2023
Reviewed:
Revised:
503.08 Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence
503.08 Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence
Regulation 503.8: Model Policy for Discipline |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 12/11/2023 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
Threat of Violence
Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic, or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.
Incident of Violence
Incident of Violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault.
Injury
Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.” State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d 907, 913 (Iowa 1981)
Property Damage
Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment, or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action. Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible property (Iowa Code section 41(21)).
Assault
Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:
An act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physcial contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.
The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1)
Escalating Responses by Grade Band
Grades PK-2
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Grades 3-5
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Grades 6-8
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Grades 9-12
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
504 - Student Activities
504 - Student Activities dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:30504.1 - Student Government
504.1 - Student Government
Policy 504.01: Student Government |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise. Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.
The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, will set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of the government.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
504.2 - Student Organizations
504.2 - Student Organizations
Policy 504.02: Student Organizations |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.
Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class. Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations. Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.
Curriculum-Related Organizations
It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related. One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:
- Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
- Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
- Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
- Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
- Does participation in the group result in academic credit?
Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day. Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.
Noncurriculum-Related Organizations
Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.
Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups. Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated. As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.
Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings. Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance. Only students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: |
Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990). |
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code § 279.8 Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990). |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 287 |
|
Iowa Code § 297.9 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
496 U.S. 226 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Bender v. Williamsport Area CSD |
741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984) vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986). |
Westside Bd. of Education v. Mergens |
496 U.S. 226 (1990) |
504.3 - Rescinded
504.3 - RescindedThis policy has been rescinded.
504.3R1 - Rescinded
504.3R1 - RescindedThis policy has been rescinded.
504.4 - Student Performances
504.4 - Student Performances
Policy 504.04: Student Performances |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program. Performance at such events is a privilege.
Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day. Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.
Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations. The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative regulations, these guidelines should be followed:
- Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
- All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and
- Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students. Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.
Legal Reference: |
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988). |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 280 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.6 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
484 U.S. 260 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Hazelwood School Dist v. Kuhlmeier |
484 U.S. 260 (1988) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
503.04 |
504.5 - School Fundraising- RESCINDED
504.5 - School Fundraising- RESCINDED
Date of Recision:
June 10, 2024
504.6 - Student Activity Program
504.6 - Student Activity Program
Policy 504.06: Student Activity Program |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 11/18/1997 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
Participation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for their lifetime.
Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons. If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation. Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.
Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action. The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.
A high school student who participates in school sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season with approval of the (superintendent, high school principal, athletic director). Such outside participation will not conflict with the school sponsored athletic activity.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity. These regulations will include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating in certain activities. Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.
Note: This is a mandatory policy. Boards must have a policy addressing the issue of nonschool athletic participation.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 216.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 280 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
281 I.A.C. 12.6 |
|
281 I.A.C. 36.15 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1685 |
|
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
507.09 |
|
507.09-R(1) |
505 - Student Scholastic Achievement
505 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:58505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences
505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences
Policy 505.01: Student Progress Reports and Conferences |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 4/11/1994 | Last Reviewed Date: 09/09/2024 |
|
Students will receive a progress report at the end of each grading period. Students, who are doing poorly, and their parents, are notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade. The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.
Parent-teacher conferences will be held each semester at the elementary and middle school to keep parents informed. High school conferences are not individually scheduled.
Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time. Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy. The second paragraph should be written to reflect the school district's practice.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, 41; 280, 284.12. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 256.41 |
|
Iowa Code § 280 |
|
Iowa Code § 284.12 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.3 |
|
281 I.A.C. 5 |
505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention – Acceleration
505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention – Acceleration
Policy 505.02: Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 10/12/2015 | Last Revised Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 08/12/2024 |
|
Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.
The district shall adhere to the following:
- Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the district’s professional staff. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed prior to making the retention decision. It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
- Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required coursework necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
- Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.
- Retention or Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade may also occur in additional instances as provided by law.
For students in grades kindergarten through sixth, if a student is not reading at a proficient level, the district will notify a student’s parent or guardian of the student’s reading level, and the option for parents to request that the student be retained in the student’s current grade level for the subsequent school year. The district is prohibited from promoting a student to the next grade level if the student is not reading proficiently, and the student’s parent or guardian requests the student be retained at their current grade level for the next year.
Any student or parent who is not satisfied with the decision of the district’s professional staff may seek recourse through policy 502.4 – Student Complaints and Grievances.
NOTE: School districts that use specific steps or processes for determining retention or acceleration should reference the applicable criteria or where to locate the criteria in the bulleted information above.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .41; 279.8; .68. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 256.41 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
|
Iowa code §279.68 |
Student Progression-intensive reading instruction-reporting requirements |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12.5 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
410.02 |
|
603.02 |
505.3 - Student Honors and Awards
505.3 - Student Honors and Awards
Policy 505.03: Student Honors and Awards |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date 8/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 09/09/2024 |
|
The school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals. Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them. Students who have not attended Algona CSD during their last year of high school, will not be eligible for honors and awards.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 279.8 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
501.06 |
505.4 - Testing Program
505.4 - Testing Program
Policy 505.04: Testing Program |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 8/11/1975 | Last Revised Date: 09/09/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 09/09/2024 |
|
A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.
No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United State Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:
- political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian;
- mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
- sex behavior or attitudes;
- illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
- critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
- legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
- religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian; or
- income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program);
without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the prior written consent of the parent.
Prior to an employee or contractor of the district providing information on a student enrolled in the district on any survey related to the social or emotional abilities, competencies or characteristics of the student; the district will provide the parent/guardian of the student detailed information related to the survey and obtain written consent of the parent/guardian of the student. This includes the person who created the survey, the person who sponsors the survey, how the information generated by the survey is used and how information generated by the survey is stored. This requirement will not prohibit a district employee from answering questions related to a student enrolled in the district as part of developing or implementing an individualized education program for the student.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.
This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: |
20 U.S.C. § 1232h |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 280.3 |
|
Iowa Code § 279.79 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. § 1232h |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
607.02 |
|
607.02-R(1) |
505.5 - Graduation Requirements
505.5 - Graduation RequirementsStudents must successfully complete the courses required by the Board of Directors (Board) and the Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 54 credits prior to graduation. The following credits will be required.
a. 8 credits in English/Literature
b. 6 credits in Social Studies
c. 6 credits in Science
d. 6 credits in Mathematics
e. 1 credit in Health
f. 2 credits in Physical Education
One-fourth (1/4) credit per semester toward the 44 credit requirement will be allowed for successful completion of physical education.
g. ICAP Credit (maximum 1 credit)
One-fourth (1/4) credit per year of attendance at AHS for successful completion of ICAP requirements
The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.
Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.
Graduation requirements for special education students include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science.
Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.
Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5,; 12.3(5) .
Adopted:
March 14, 1977
Date of Review:
9/9/24
Revised:
9/9/24
505.5R - Credit Requirements for New Students
505.5R - Credit Requirements for New StudentsStudents who complete four years of high school at Algona must have 44 credits to graduate of which 29 are required. Barring failure, no students have difficulty reaching this goal. All of our students carry 6 subjects per semester and some carry more. However, students moving into Algona prior to or during junior or senior years from schools requiring fewer credits may have difficulty accumulating the requisite 44 graduation credits.
SEMESTERS
9th 10th 11th 12th
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
44 cr. 5.5 11 16.5 22 27.5 33 38.5 44
42 cr. 5.25 10.5 15.75 21 26.25 31.5 36.75 42
40 cr. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
36 cr. 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27 31.5 36
32 cr. 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
- All students regardless of entry date (except as noted below) must meet the 27 credits required
- Students transferring to Algona at the end of the first semester of their junior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.
If from a 32-33 credit system - 38.5 credits
If from a 34-35 credit system - 41 credits
If from a 36-37 credit system - 42.5 credits
If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits
- Students transferring to Algona at the end of their junior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.
If from a 32-33 credit system - 38.5 credits
If from a 34-35 credit system - 40 credits
If from a 36-37 credit system - 42 credits
If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits
- Students transferring at the end of the first semester of their senior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.
If from a 32-33 credit system - 36.5 credits
If from a 34-35 credit system - 38.5 credits
If from a 36-37 credit system - 40.5 credits
If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits
Adopted:
April 11, 1994.
Reviewed:
July 11, 2011
Revised:
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016
505.6 - Early Graduation
505.6 - Early GraduationGenerally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve. Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.
A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district. However, the student who graduates early many participate in commencement exercises.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.2; .5; 12.3(5)
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022
505.8 - Parental Involvment
505.8 - Parental InvolvmentParental and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school. The Board encourages parents to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success.
- The Board will direct its administrative staff to continue to utilize the existing Title I parent and family advisory system to involve parents and families in the development of the Title I Plan. In addition, the Title I Plan shall be incorporated as an integral part of the district’s Comprehensive School Improvement Plan as submitted to the Department of Education, and all Title I staff members shall be involved fully in complying with the requirements of the Comprehensive School Improvement Plan and establishing annual classroom improvement objectives for instruction as a Title I teacher.
- The Board will provide the resources and staff necessary to facilitate the coordination, technical assistance, and other support services necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating Title I schools in planning and implementing effective parental and family engagement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance.
- The Board will support building capacity for strong parental and family engagement by continuing the current system of parent-teacher conferences twice per year and continuing to support the existing practice of contracts with parents and families of Title I students outlining the services that students are to receive in a Title I program and how parents and families can assist in helping their children perform better in reading achievement at home.
- The Board will provide administrative staff to coordinate and integrate parental and family engagement strategies under Title I with other programs, such as Head Start, Reading First, Reading Recovery, etc.
- The Board will require an annual survey to conduct an evaluation involving the parents and families in the assessment of the content and effectiveness of the parental and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served, including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents and families in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income, Limited English Proficient (LEP), minorities, individuals with disabilities, low literacy) and use the findings of the evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family engagement and to revise, as necessary, the parent and family engagement policies; and
- The Board will direct its administrative staff to determine, with the input of parents and families, how to best involve parents and families in meaningful Title I activities.
The Board will review this policy annually. The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year. The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.
Legal References:
20 U.S.C. § 6318
Approved:
March 14, 2005
Date of Review:
February 12, 2024
506 - Student Records
506 - Student Records dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:26506.1 - Student Records Access
506.1 - Student Records AccessThe board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality, as provided by law. Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages. The board secretary is the custodian of education records. Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center.
Definitions
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:
- “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
- “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student.
An education record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information. Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.
Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records. Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.
Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records. Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or eligible student from accessing the records. A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records.
Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.
If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records.
Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student. This disclosure may be:
- To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
- To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
- To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
- In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
- To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
- To accrediting organizations;
- To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
- To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
- Consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies;
- In connection with a health or safety emergency;
- As directory information; or
- In additional instances as provided by law.
The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student. Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission. This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.
The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records. The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records. This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records.
Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation. Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.
When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified. This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district. If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records. Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes. For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.
The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system. The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies (agencies) involved.
The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.
The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.
Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.
Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled. The principal will then forward copies of the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.
The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy. Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:
- Inspect and review the student's education records;
- Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
- Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
- File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.
The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language. Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.
The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy. Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 1415.
34 C.F.R. §§ 99; 300.610 et seq.
Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B; 280.24; 280.25; 622.10.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.
Cross Reference:
501 Student Attendance
505 Student Scholastic Achievement
506 Student Records
507 Student Health and Well-Being
603.3 Special Education
708 Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
901 Public Examination of School District Records
Adopted:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022
506.1E1 - Student Records Checklist
506.1E1 - Student Records ChecklistSee form attached
506.1E2 - Request of NonParent for Examination or Copies of Student Records
506.1E2 - Request of NonParent for Examination or Copies of Student RecordsSee form attached
506.1E3 - Authorization for Release of Student Records
506.1E3 - Authorization for Release of Student RecordsSee form attached
506.1E4 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Student Records
506.1E4 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Student RecordsSee form attached
506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records
506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student RecordsTo: ___________________________________________________________ Date: ________________________________
Parent/or Guardian
Street Address: _________________________________________________________________________________________
City/State: _____________________________________________________ ZIP: ___________________________________
Please be notified that copies of the [insert school district name]’s official education records concerning , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:
________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________
School District Name Address
upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.
If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here and return this form to the undersigned. A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.
If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.
_____________________________________________
(Name)
_____________________________________________
(Title)
506.1E6 - Letter to Parents Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena
506.1E6 - Letter to Parents Regarding Receipt of a SubpoenaDate
Dear (Parent) :
This letter is to notify you that the Algona Community School District has received a (subpoena or court order) _ requesting copies of your child's education records. The specific records requested are
.
The school district has until (date on subpoena or court order) to deliver the documents to (requesting party on subpoena or court order). If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (phone #) .
Sincerely,
(Principal or Superintendent)
506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement
506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing AgreementStatement of Purpose: The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.
Identification of Agencies: This agreement is between Algona Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and Juvenile Court Services(hereinafter "Agencies").
Statutory Authority: This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38.
Parameters of Information Exchange:
- The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.
- Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.
- Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.
- Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.
- Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
- Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.
- This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used. Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.
Records' Transmission: The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled. The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.
Confidentiality: Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent. Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law.
Amendments: This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing. Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.
Term: This agreement is effective from [insert date].
Termination: The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.
APPROVED:
Signature: ____________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________________ City: ________________________________________________________
Agency: _____________________________________________ State: _______________________ ZIP: _________________________
Dated: ______________________________________________ Phone Number: _______________________________________________
Signature: ____________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________________ City: ________________________________________________________
Agency: _____________________________________________ State: _______________________ ZIP: _________________________
Dated: ______________________________________________ Phone Number: _______________________________________________
Signature: ____________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________________ City: ________________________________________________________
Agency: _____________________________________________ State: _______________________ ZIP: _________________________
Dated: ______________________________________________ Phone Number: _______________________________________________
Signature: ____________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________
Title: ________________________________________________ City: ________________________________________________________
Agency: _____________________________________________ State: _______________________ ZIP: _________________________
Dated: ______________________________________________ Phone Number: _______________________________________________
506.1E8 - Annual Notice
506.1E8 - Annual NoticeThe Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records. They are:
- The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.
Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The principal (or appropriate school official) will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.
- The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in -violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.
Parents or eligible students who wish to ask the school district to amend a record should write the school principal (or appropriate school official), clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.
If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.
- The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.
One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel), a person serving on the school board; A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of personally identifiable information from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist; a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll, or is already enrolled if the disclosure is for purposes of the student’s enrollment or transfer. (NOTE: FERPA requires a school district to make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent or eligible student of the records request unless it states in its annual notification that it intends to forward records on request.)
- The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.
506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation
506.1R1 - Use of Student Records RegulationStudent records are all official records, files, and data directly related to students, including all material incorporated into each student's cumulative record folder and intended for school use or to be available to parties outside the school or school system specifically including, but not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.
The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from parents for access to their child's records, use of the data, and procedures for its transmittal within forty-five calendar days.
A. Access to Records
- The parent or legal guardian of a student will have access to these records upon written request to the board secretary.
The parent or legal guardian will, upon written request to the board secretary, have the opportunity to receive an interpretation of the records, have the right to question the data, and, if a difference of opinion is noted, is permitted to file a letter in the cumulative folder stating the dissenting person's position. If further challenge is made to the record, the normal appeal procedures established by school policy will be followed.
A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records. Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.
- School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.
B. Release of Information Outside the School
- To release student records to other school(s) in which the student intends to enroll, the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student must be notified of the transfer and the kinds of information being released unless the school district annually notifies parents that the records will be sent automatically.
- Student records may be released to official education and other government agencies only if allowed by state or federal law.
- To release student records to other persons or agencies, written consent is given by the parent, legal guardian, or a student of majority age. This consent form will state which records are released, to whom they are released, and the reason for the release. A copy of the specific records being released will be made available to the person signing the release form if requested.
- Before furnishing student records in compliance with judicial orders or pursuant to any lawfully issued subpoena, the school district will make a reasonable attempt to notify the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student are notified in advance.
[5. Student records may be shared with juvenile justice agencies with which the school district has an interagency agreement. This information is shared without
prior parental consent. The agreement is a public document available for inspection.]
Hearing Procedures
- Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
- The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
- The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
- The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
- The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing. The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
- The parents may appeal the hearing officers decision to the superintendent within 10 days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
- The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision, or the hearing officers decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within 10 days. It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
506.2 - Student Directory Information
506.2 - Student Directory InformationDirectory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information." The district has designated the following as “directory information”:
- Student’s name
- Address
- Telephone listing
- Electronic mail address
- Photograph
- Date and place of birth
- Major field of study
- Dates of attendance
- Grade level
- Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
- Weight and height of members of athletic teams
- Degrees, honors, and awards received
- The most recent educational agency or institution attended
- Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc. (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)
Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs.
Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232g
34 C.F.R. § 99
Iowa Code § 22; 622.10
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.
Approved:
Date of Review:
10/14/2024
506.2E1 - Authorization of Releasing Student Directory Information
506.2E1 - Authorization of Releasing Student Directory InformationThe Algona Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. A copy of the school district's policy is available for review in the office of the Superintendent.
This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.
The school district has designated the following information as directory information:
- Student’s name
- Address
- Telephone listing
- Electronic mail address
- Photograph
- Date and place of birth
- Major field of study
- Dates of attendance
- Grade level
- Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
- Weight and height of members of athletic teams
- Degrees, honors, and awards received
- The most recent educational agency or institution attended
- Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc. (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)
You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than, August 15, 20 of this school year. If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.
If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETURN THIS FORM
Algona Community School District
Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for the
20 - 20 school year.
Student Name:_______________________________________
Date of Birth:_______________________________________
School:_____________________________________________
Grade: ______________
_______________________________________________ ________________________
Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Student Date
This form must be returned to your child’s school no later than August 15, 20 . Additional forms are available at the student’s school.
506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information
506.2R1 - Use of Directory InformationThe Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Algona School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records. However, Algona School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures. The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Algona School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications. Examples include:
- A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
- The annual yearbook;
- Honor roll or other recognition lists;
- Graduation programs; and,
- Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.
Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent. Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks. In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent. [1]
If you do not want the Algona School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by September 1st each year. The objection must be renewed annually. Algona School District has designated the following information as directory information:
- Student’s name
- Address
- Telephone listing
- Electronic mail address
- Photograph
- Date and place of birth
- Major field of study
- Dates of attendance
- Grade level
- Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
- Weight and height of members of athletic teams
- Degrees, honors, and awards received
- The most recent educational agency or institution attended
- Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc. (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)
[1] These laws are: Section 9528 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 7908) and 10 U.S.C. § 503(c).
506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records
506.4 - Student Library Circulation RecordsStudent library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries. As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent. Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department. Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents. Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.
It is the teacher-librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records. Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district. If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 22 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (12).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.
Adopted:
July 13, 2009
Date of Review:
10/14/2024
507 - Student Health and Well-Being
507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:05507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates
507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates
Policy 507.01: Student Health and Immunization Certificates |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Revised Date: 11/11/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 11/11/2024 |
|
Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed healthcare provider and provide proof of such an examination to the school district. A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.
A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the licensed healthcare provider is on file at the attendance center. Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent. Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.
Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law. The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so. Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission. Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission. The district may conduct TB tests of current students.
Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law. The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.
NOTE: Physical examinations are not required by law but are strongly recommended. Immunizations and the certificate of immunization are legal requirements.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 280.13. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 139A.8 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.13 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 33.5 |
|
641 I.A.C. 7 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
402.02 |
|
501.04 |
|
501.16 |
|
604.01 |
|
604.08 |
507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students
507.2 - Administration of Medication to StudentsThe board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.
Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.
When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by an authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent. Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated. By law, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.
Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physician, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course). A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion shall be maintained by the school.
A written medication administration record shall be on file including:
• date;
• student’s name;
• prescriber or person authorizing administration;
• medication;
• medication dosage;
• administration time;
• administration method;
• signature and title of the person administering medication; and
• any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.
Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented. Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted. Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law
Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.
Legal Reference:
Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014).
Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4(2); 280.16; 280.23.
281 IAC §41.404(3)
657 IAC §8.32(124); §8.32(155A).
655 IAC §6.2(152).
Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
11/11/2024
507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self-Administration Consent Form
507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self-Administration Consent Form_________________________________ ___/___/___ _________________ ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First) (Middle) Birthday School Date
The following must occur for a student to self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication or for a student with a risk of anaphylaxis to self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector:
- Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
- Parent/guardian provides a written statement from the student’s licensed health care professional (A person licensed under chapter 148 to practice medicine and surgery or osteopathic medicine and surgery, an advanced registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 152 or 152E and registered with the board of nursing, or a physician assistant licensed to practice under the supervision of a physician as authorized in chapters 147 and 148C) containing the following:
- Name and purpose of the medication,
- Prescribed dosage, and
- Times or special circumstances under which the medication or epinephrine auto-injector is to be administered.
- The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
- Authorization shall be renewed annually. In addition, if any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.
Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, the school shall permit the self-administration of medication by a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease or the use of an epinephrine auto-injector by a student with a risk of anaphylaxis while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.
Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or an epinephrine auto-injector by the student as provided by law.
Medication Dosage Route Time
Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions
/ /
Special Circumstances Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date
/ /
Prescriber’s Signature Date
Prescriber’s Address Emergency Phone
- I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
- I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication
- I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
- I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
- I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
- I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
- Student maintains self-administration record.
/ /
Parent/Guardian Signature Date
(agreed to above statement)
Parent/Guardian Address Home Phone
Business Phone
Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information
Reviewed: 11/11/2024
507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students
507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students_________________________________ ___/___/___ _________________ ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle) Birthday School Date
School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:
- Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
- The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.
- The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
- Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.
Medication/Health Care Dosage Route Time at School
Administration instructions
Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects
/ /
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date
/ /
Prescriber’s Signature Date
Prescriber's Address Emergency Phone
I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
/ /
Parent's Signature Date
Parent's Address Home Phone
Additional Information Business Phone
Authorization Form
Reviewed: 11/11/2024
507.2E3 Administration of Medication to Students-Parental Authorization and Release form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication for Independent Delivery of Health Services by Student
507.2E3 Administration of Medication to Students-Parental Authorization and Release form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication for Independent Delivery of Health Services by StudentPARENTAL AUTHORIZATION AND RELEASE FORM FOR INDEPENDENT SELF CARRY AND
ADMINISTRATION OF PRESCRIBED MEDICATION O
R
INDEPENDENT DELIVERY OF HEALTH
SERVICES BY THE STUDENT
____________________________________/___/___
____________________/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)
Birthday
School
Date
I request the above named student (Parent/Guardian initial all that apply)
______ Carry and complete coadministration of prescribed medication, when competency has been demonstrated to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school. In accordance with applicable laws, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto -injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency. The information provided by the parent for medication administration is confidential as provided by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws. I agree to provide safe delivery of the medication to and from school and to pick up remaining medication at the end of the school year or when medication is expired. If the students abuses the self -administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.
______________________________________________________________________________________
Prescribed Medication Dosage Route Time at School
______ Co-administer, participate in planning, management and implementation of special health services at school and school activities after demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school.The information provided by the parent for health service delivery is confidential as provide by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws. I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and the prescriber (if indicated) when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of the student’s equipment necessary for health service delivery to and from school and to pick up remaining equipment at the end of the school year.
Special Health Services Delivery:
__________________________________
Procedures for abandoned medication disposal shall be inaccordance with applicable laws.
Prescriber’s Signature:____________________________________
Date:__________________________________________________
and credentials (when indicated for health service delivery)
Parent/Guardian Signature:________________________________
Date:__________________________________________________
Parent/Guardian address:__________________________________
Home phone:___________________________________________
Adopted: August 14, 2023
Reviewed: 11/112024
Revised:
507.2E4 Administration of Medication to Students
507.2E4 Administration of Medication to StudentsReviewed:
11/11/2024
507.3 - Communicable Diseases – Students
507.3 - Communicable Diseases – StudentsStudents with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees. The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.
Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.
The health risk to immunosupressed students is determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.
For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site: http://www.idph.state.ia.us/CADE/Default.aspx
Legal Reference:
School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (2012).
45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
Iowa Code ch. 139A.8 (2013).
641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.
Adopted:
October 10, 1988
Date of Review:
11/11/2024
507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School
507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School
Policy 507.04: Student Illness or Injury at School |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 8/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 11/11/2024 |
|
When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district will attempt to notify the student's parents as soon as possible.
The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible. An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.
It is the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.
Annually, parents are required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child. The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.
The superintendent is responsible, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop rules and regulations governing the procedure in the event a student should become ill or be injured at school.
NOTE: This policy outlines the recommended practice.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code § 613.17 |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 613.17 |
507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills
507.5 - Emergency Plans and DrillsStudents will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency. Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year. Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.
Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures. The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees. Employees will participate in emergency drills. Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 100.31 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).
Adopted:
March 14, 2005
Date of Review:
11/11/2024
507.6 - Student Insurance
507.6 - Student InsuranceAn all-pupil insurance and/or dental program may be offered to the parents of the pupils in the District. The Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools shall select insurance companies to issue such policies for all schools in the District.
The purchase of pupil insurance shall be voluntary with the entire cost being paid by the student or the student's parents.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
Adopted:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
11/11/2024
507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights
507.7 - Custody and Parental RightsDisagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district. The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights. Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district. It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.
This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (2013).
441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
Approved:
Date of Review:11/11/2024
507.8 - Student Special Health Services
507.8 - Student Special Health ServicesThe board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day. These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program.
The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.
Legal Reference:
Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.404(1)(f); (3)(f); 41.405
Approved:
March 14, 2005
Date of Review:11/11/2024
507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation
507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation
Regulation 507.08-R(1): Student Special Health Services - Regulation |
Status: APPROVED |
Original Adopted Date: 01/22/2020 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 11/11/2024 |
|
Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program. These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized health plan.
A. Definitions
"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services. Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel. Each designation considers the student's special health service. The rationale in accordance with licensed practice for the designation is documented. If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion in the student's education record.
"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.
"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.
"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program , or as described in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 .
"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.
"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan. Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.
"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program. It includes assessment, nursing diagnosis, outcomes, planning,interventions, evaluation, student goals, if applicable, and a plan for emergencies. The plan is updated as needed and at least annually. Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with collaboration from the parent or guardian, individual’s health care provider or education team.
"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications under the auspices of the school.
"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.
"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.
“Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:
- Interpretation or intervention,
- Administration of health procedures and health care, or
- Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.
"Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation, and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel. Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:
- physically present.
- available at the same site.
- available on call.
B. Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school. Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:
- Participate as a member of the education team.
- Provide health assessment.
- Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
- Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
- Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
- Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parents and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
- Maintain a record of special health services. The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
- Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
- Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
- Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.
C. Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:
- Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
- Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
- Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
- Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.
D. Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services. The documented rationale will include the following:
- Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
- Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
- Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs and qualifications of school personnel performing health services.
- Review of the designated person's competency.
- Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision, monitoring and evaluation required to ensure quality services.
E. Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level and frequency of supervision and document the supervision.
F. Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan. Documentation of instruction, written consent of personnel as required in Iowa Code 280.23 and periodic updates are on file at school.
G. Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such, unless the school is required to provide the equipment, supplies, and maintenance under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of .1973. The equipment is stored in a secure area. The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan. The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 256B |
|
Iowa Code § 273.2 |
|
Iowa Code § 273.5 |
|
Iowa Code § 273.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.8 |
|
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 14 |
|
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 |
|
U.S. Supreme Court |
Description |
480 U.S. 279 |
|
Case Law |
Description |
Board of Education v. Rowley |
458 U.S. 176 (1982) |
SE Warren CSD v. Dept. of Public Instruction |
285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979) |
Springdale SD #50 v. Grace |
693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982) |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
603.03 |
|
711.01 |
507.9 - Wellness Policy
507.9 - Wellness PolicyThe Algona Community School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.
The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:
The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:
- Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
- Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
- Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle.
The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:
- Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
- Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum. This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
- Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
- Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.
The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:
- Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
- Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
- Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
- Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.
Legal Reference:
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq.
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.
Date of Review:
11/11/2024
507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation
507.9R1 - Wellness RegulationSpecific Wellness Goals:
- Increase low fat/low sugar options on menus, ala carte and concession stands;
- Gather appropriate information from health and fitness professionals within the school district and surrounding community for development of appropriate fitness, weight management, and healthy eating programs for staff.
- The nutrition guidelines for all foods available will focus on promoting student health and reducing childhood obesity in the school district.
The school district will provide physical education that:
- is daily (The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends at least 150 minutes a week for elementary students and 225 minutes a week for middle and high school students);
- is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year;
- is taught by a certified physical education teacher;
- includes students with disabilities, students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings; and,
- engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time.
Elementary schools should provide recess for students that:
- is at least 20 minutes a day;
- is preferably outdoors;
- encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,
- discourages extended periods (i.e., periods of two or more hours) of inactivity.
- when activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.
- Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, pushups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.
In each school:
- The principal will ensure compliance with those policies in the school and will report on the school’s compliance to the superintendent; and
- Food service staff at the school district level will ensure compliance with nutrition policies within food service areas and will report on this matter to the superintendent or principal.
- The school district will report on the most recent USDA School Meals Initiative (SMI) review findings and any resulting changes. If the school district has not received a SMI review from the state agency within the past five years, the school district will request from the state agency that a SMI review be scheduled as soon as possible.
- The superintendent will develop a summary report every three years on school district-wide compliance with the school district’s established nutrition and physical activity wellness policies, based on input from schools within the district; and
- The report will be provided to the school board and also distributed to all school wellness committees, parent/teacher organizations, principals and health services personnel in the school district. To help with the initial development of the school district’s wellness policies, each school in the school district will conduct a baseline assessment of the school’s existing nutrition and physical activity environments and practices. The results of those school-by-school assessments will be compiled at the school district level to identify and prioritize needs. Assessments will be repeated every two years to help review policy compliance, assess progress and determine areas in need of improvement. As part of that review the school district will review the nutrition and physical activity policies and practices and the provision of an environment that supports healthy eating and physical activity. The school district and individual schools within the school district will revise the wellness policies and develop work plans to facilitate their implementation.
REVIEW: 11/11/2024
508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters
508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:29508.01 - Class or Student Group Gifts
508.01 - Class or Student Group Gifts
Policy 508.01: Class or Student Group Gifts |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 12/9/2024| Last Revised Date: 12/9/024 |
|
The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group. While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 68B |
|
Iowa Code § 722.1 |
|
Iowa Code § 722.2 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
704.04 |
|
704.06 |
|
704.06-R(1) |
508.02 - Open Night
508.02 - Open NightThe Board of Directors (Board) recognizes the valuable student educational and recreational activities offered by local churches and other community organizations. Therefore, in keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 5:00 p.m. at the middle school level and beyond 6:00 p.m. at the high school level to the maximum extent possible. It is the Board’s intent that middle school student practices for all activities be concluded by 5:00 p.m. so that the students are out of the building no later than 5:30 p.m. and that high school student activities and practices are scheduled so that the high school student activity concludes at 6:00 p.m. so that the students are out of the building no later than 6:30 p.m.
The Sunday open gymnasium activity will be scheduled so as to minimize conflicts with other regularly scheduled Sunday activities involving students of the Algona Community School District.
It shall be the responsibility of the various activity sponsors, coaches, athletic director, and building principals to oversee the scheduling of school activities to maintain maximum compliance with this policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
Adopted:
July 12, 1999
Date of Review:
12/9/2024
600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:15600 - Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program
600 - Goals and Objectives of the Educational ProgramThe goals and objectives of the school district are designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district. An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.
Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program are established annually by the board. These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendation of the advisory committee, recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.
Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
601 - General Organization
601 - General Organization dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:42601.1 - School Calendar
601.1 - School CalendarThe school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district. The school calendar is for a minimum of [180 days or 1080 hours] and includes, but is not limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences. Each year the minimum school calendar may include up to 5 days or 30 hours of instruction delivered primarily over the internet.
The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23. Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.
Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.
The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met. The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.
The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program. The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects Iowa law.
Legal Reference: | Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3; 299.1 (2). 281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106. |
Approved:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
August 14, 2023
601.2 - School Day
601.2 - School DayThe student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period. The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district. Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of students’ instructional time. The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.
The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten. The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.
The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day. If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day. Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.
When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 256.7, 279.8, .10 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.1(1), .1(7-10).
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
602 - Curriculum Development
602 - Curriculum Development dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:45602.1 - Curriculum Development
602.1 - Curriculum DevelopmentCurriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design. Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline. This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area). Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.
A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:
- Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learnings for our students.
- Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
- Facilitates communication and coordination.
- Improves classroom instruction.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities. A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:
- Study the latest thinking, trends research and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
- Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
- Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
- Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
- Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
- Communicate with internal and external public regarding the content ara;
- Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;
- Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level:
- Ensure proposed curriculum complies with applicable laws;
- Align annual improvement goals with needs assessment information.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress of each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the Board.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.
Approved:
June 19, 1989
Reviewed:
November 14, 2022
602.2 - Curriculum Implementation
602.2 - Curriculum ImplementationWithout careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended. How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.
Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as distinct from what was supposed to happen. Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level. There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:
- Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
- Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.
- Ensure the curriculum framework complies with applicable laws;
- Provide professional development to staff to support effective curriculum implementation.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation. A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:
- Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
- Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources. (See Policy 605.1).
- Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content.
- Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);
- Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
- Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
- Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
- Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
- Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
- Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the Board.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.8.
Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
November 14, 2022
602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation
602.3 - Curriculum EvaluationRegular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.
Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do. It refers to the full range of information gathered in the School District to evaluate student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.
Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning. A curriculum framework shall describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities.
- Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
- Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
- Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
- Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
- Identify procedures for analyzing and intepreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (incouding analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
- Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
- Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
- Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
- Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
- Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
- Define data reporting procedures;
- Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
- Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
- Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
- Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
- Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
- Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.
- Ensure curriculum complies with applicable laws.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised or curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the Board.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.8.
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
November 14, 2022
602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects
602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative ProjectsThe board welcomes new ideas in curriculum. Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent. Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board. Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.
Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program. A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques. These programs or projects are designated as research or experimental projects or programs. The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project. The inspection and review by the parents is in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3 (20113).
281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603 - Instructional Curriculum
603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:53603.12 Postsecondary Education Counseling
603.12 Postsecondary Education Counseling
Policy 603.12: Postsecondary Education Counseling |
Status: ADOPTED |
Original Adopted Date: 08/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: |
|
The district believes in the importance of education to shape the lives of all students. Some students may consider postsecondary education and training beyond their secondary education, and have questions related to the cost of education programs and the future employability of graduates. It is valuable for students who express an interest in postsecondary education to make informed decisions related to their future options.
The district will ensure that students in grades eleven and twelve who express interest in postsecondary education will be provided with basic information to assist in their decision-making. This information includes but may not be limited to:
- A link to the annual report published by the State Board of Regents pursuant to Iowa Code 262.9(38); and
- a link to the Iowa Student Outcomes internet site maintained by the Department of Education.
If the district employs a college and career transition counselor, this staff member will provide the information to interested students. If the district does not employ this type of counselor, the superintendent will designate a staff member to ensure this information is provided to interested students.
NOTE: This policy is not mandatory, but the second and third paragraphs are legal requirements for school districts.
Legal Reference : |
Iowa Code § 279 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
603.07 |
603.2 - Summer School Instruction
603.2 - Summer School InstructionThe Algona Community School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:
- The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas. Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
- If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
- In additional instances as provided by law.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .11, .68; 280.3; 282.6 (2015).
Iowa Admin. Code. r. 281—41.106 (2015).
Approved:
October 12, 2015
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.3 - Special Education
603.3 - Special EducationThe board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students. The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education. The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law. Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student. The appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).
Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation. It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.
Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system. The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2. This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.
Legal Reference:
Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public
Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (2010).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.109; 41.404
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.4 - Multicultural Gender Fair Education
603.4 - Multicultural Gender Fair EducationStudents will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, creed, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.
The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students. The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society. Special emphasis is placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans, American Indians, European-Americans, and persons with disabilities. It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).
Approved:
July 3, 2013
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.5 - Health Education
603.5 - Health EducationStudents in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases. The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.
The areas stated above are included in health education and the instruction are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.
Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction. The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent. The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.
Legal Reference: | Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 80; 280.3-.14. 281 I.A.C. 12.5. |
Approved:
June 18, 1990
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
August 14, 2023
603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Excuse Form
603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Excuse FormStudent Name: _____________________________________________ Grade: ________________
Parent/Guardian: ___________________________________________ Phone #: _______________
Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught. An example is provided for you to follow.
Objective Class / Grade
Ex. To understand the consequences of Health Education / 6
responsible and irresponsible sexual
behavior.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught. I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.
Signed: ______________________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________
(Parent or Guardian)
Signed: ______________________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________
(School Administrator)
603.6 - Physical Education
603.6 - Physical EducationStudents in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.
Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.
Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:
- the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or
- the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.
- The student is participating in the Legislative Page Program at the state capitol for a regular session of the general assembly; or
- The student is enrolled in a junior reserve officer training corps
Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.
Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 256.11 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5.
Approved:
August 9, 2021
Date of Review:
August 9, 2021
603.7 - Career Education
603.7 - Career EducationPreparing students for careers is one goal of the education program. Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve. This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program. Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature. The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.8 - Teaching About Religion
603.8 - Teaching About ReligionThe school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum. The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum. Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keep with the following guidelines:
- the proposed activity must have secular purpose;
- the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
- the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.
Legal Reference:
- U.S. Const. amend. I.
- Lee v. Weisman. 112 S. Ct. 2649 (1992).
- Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
- Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
- Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 280.6.
Approved:
January 9, 2023
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.9 - Academic Freedom
603.9 - Academic FreedomThe board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view. Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.
It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods. Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.
It is the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (2013).
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues
603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial IssuesA "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.
It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.
It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.
It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.
It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.
The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.
603.10 - Global Education
603.10 - Global EducationBecause of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
603.11 - Citizenship
603.11 - CitizenshipBeing a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.
As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community. As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.5(3)(b)-(5)(b).
Approved:
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
604 - Alternative Programs
604 - Alternative Programs dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:11604.1 - Private Instruction
604.1 - Private InstructionThe Algona Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.
Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school.
Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.
Competent private instruction means either private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, by or under supervision of a licensed practitioner which results in the student making adequate progress; or private instruction provided by a parent, guardian, or legal custodian. Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law.
Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.
281 I.A.C. 31.
Approved:
January 13, 1992
Reviewed:
August 9, 2021
604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students
604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted StudentsThe Board of Directors (Board) recognizes some students require qualitative differentiated programming beyond the regular education program. The Board shall identify students with special abilities and provide educational programming.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee to develop a talented and gifted program.
It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations for identifying students, for program evaluation and for training of School District personnel.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students
604.4 - Program for At-Risk StudentsThe Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program. The Board shall provide a program to encourage and provide an opportunity for students at risk to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee to develop a program for students at risk.
It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of school district personnel.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 65.
Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program
604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School ProgramParents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent. The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest. Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations. Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs are required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.
In notifying the superintendent, the parents will abide by the following:
- The notice is in writing;
- The objection is based on religious beliefs;
- The objection will state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;
- The objection will state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and
- The objection will state a proposed alternate activity or study.
The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination. The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.
Date of Adoption:
January 9, 2023
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution
604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational InstitutionIn accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions. Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law. The Superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:
Concurrent Enrollment
The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district. Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit. Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law. Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law. However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.
Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript. The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.
Post-Secondary Enrollment Option
Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program. To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of: mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education. A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district. In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO. Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student.
The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250. Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit and high school credit. The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.
Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course. Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course. However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian are responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.
Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum. Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit. Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261E.6, E.7,; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12, 22.
Approved:
March 13, 1989
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
July 10, 2023
Revised:
July 10, 2023
604.7 - Dual Enrollment
604.7 - Dual EnrollmentThe parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy. The student is considered under dual enrollment. The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district. On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating. The forms are available at the central administration office.
A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district. The policies and administrative rules of the school district shall apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the school district. These policies and administrative rules shall include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation.
A dual enrollment student or the student's parent, guardian, legal or actual custodian will not be responsible for the cost of the student's annual evaluation.
the applicable legal required for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting eligibility, shall be followed. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
It is the responsibility of the dual enrollment student to inform the school district of the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student wishes to participate.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A.
281 I.A.C. 31.
Date of Adoption:
January 13, 1992
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
604.8 - Foreign Exchange Students
604.8 - Foreign Exchange StudentsForeign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization. Foreign students must be approved by the board. The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted. Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:
- The student resided with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
- The student is in the United Sates with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
- The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and,
- The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.
It is the policy of the Algona Community School District that foreign exchange students are not eligible to receive a diploma, be eligible to graduate from, or participate in graduation while attending the Algona Community School District.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
604.9 - Home School Assistance Program
604.9 - Home School Assistance ProgramThe Board of Directors, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a Home School Assistance Program. This program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student.
The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the Home School Assistance Program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.
Students registered for the Home School Assistance Program will be counted in the basic enrollment.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 299A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 31.
Approved:
February 14, 1994
Date of Review:
January 9, 2023
605 - Instructional Materials
605 - Instructional Materials dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:20605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection
605.1 - Instructional Materials SelectionThe board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district. This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district. The Superintendent will provide licensed employees the necessary training to ensure selected instructional materials comply with applicable laws. All instructional materials are available for review upon request and subject to all applicable laws.
In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.
In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent. The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks. The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks. Textbooks are reviewed as needed and at least every seven (7) years.
Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above. The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).
Reviewed:
December 12, 2022
August 14, 2023
605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials
605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional MaterialsI. Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials
A. The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Algona Community School District.
B. The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system. For the purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library materials. The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.
C. While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teachers, teacher-librarian, students, parents, and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees.
D. Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent. For the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or major segment of a class.
E. If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.
1. The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.
2. The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:
Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials. Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.
Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews. The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.
Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context. The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.
Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.
II. Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:
A. Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner. The primary source material of the major religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.
B. Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual.
C. Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias.
D. Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.
E. Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present. This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is
related to the maturity level of the intended audience.
F. Profanity and Sex - Material is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.
G. Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.
The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.
These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.
III. Procedure for Selection
A. Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board. The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.
1. The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district. Specifically, the goals are:
a. To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;
b. To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;
c. To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;
d. To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;
e. To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;
f. To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;
g. To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,
h. To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.
2. Materials selected is consistent with stated principles of selection. These principles are:
a. To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;
b. To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;
c. To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:
1. Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.
2. Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.
3. Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.
4. Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.
d. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,
e. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.
3. The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria. These criteria are:
a. Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;
b. Reliability:
1. Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.
2. Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.
c. Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.
d. Language:
1. Vocabulary:
a. Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;
b. Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.
2. Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.
e. Format:
1. Book
a. Adequate and accurate index;
b. Paper of good quality and color;
c. Print adequate and well spaced;
d. Adequate margins;
e. Firmly bound; and,
f. Cost.
2. Nonbook
a. Flexibility, adaptability;
b. Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;
c. Appropriate for audience;
d. Accurate authoritative presentation;
e. Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);
f. Durability; and,
g. Cost.
3. Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:
a. Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.
b. Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;
c. Contain pertinent and effective illustrations.
4. Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.
f. Special Features:
1. Bibliographies.
2. Glossary.
3. Current charts, maps, etc.
4. Visual aids.
5. Index.
6. Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.
7. Provide a variety of learning skills.
g. Potential use:
1. Will it meet the requirement of reference work?
2. Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?
3. Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?
4. Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?
5. Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?
6. Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?
7. Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interests?
8. Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?
9.